initial SWD transport (SWD infrastructure #2)
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008-2010 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009-2010 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developer Resources
64 * Debug Adapter Hardware:: Debug Adapter Hardware
65 * About Jim-Tcl:: About Jim-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Debug Adapter Configuration:: Debug Adapter Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
76 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
77 * General Commands:: General Commands
78 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
79 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
80 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
81 * TFTP:: TFTP
82 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
83 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
84 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
85 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
86 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
87
88 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
89 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
90 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
91 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
92 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
93 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
94 @end menu
95
96 @node About
97 @unnumbered About
98 @cindex about
99
100 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a diploma thesis written at the
101 University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.fh-augsburg.de}).
102 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
103 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
104 around the world.
105
106 @section What is OpenOCD?
107 @cindex TAP
108 @cindex JTAG
109
110 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
111 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
112 devices.
113
114 It does so with the assistance of a @dfn{debug adapter}, which is
115 a small hardware module which helps provide the right kind of
116 electrical signaling to the target being debugged. These are
117 required since the debug host (on which OpenOCD runs) won't
118 usually have native support for such signaling, or the connector
119 needed to hook up to the target.
120
121 Such debug adapters support one or more @dfn{transport} protocols,
122 each of which involves different electrical signaling (and uses
123 different messaging protocols on top of that signaling). There
124 are many types of debug adapter, and little uniformity in what
125 they are called. (There are also product naming differences.)
126
127 These adapters are sometimes packaged as discrete dongles, which
128 may generically be called @dfn{hardware interface dongles}.
129 Some development boards also integrate them directly, which may
130 let the development board can be directly connected to the debug
131 host over USB (and sometimes also to power it over USB).
132
133 For example, a @dfn{JTAG Adapter} supports JTAG
134 signaling, and is used to communicate
135 with JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
136 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
137 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
138 between chips and boards. JTAG supports debugging and boundary
139 scan operations.
140
141 There are also @dfn{SWD Adapters} that support Serial Wire Debug (SWD)
142 signaling to communicate with some newer ARM cores, as well as debug
143 adapters which support both JTAG and SWD transports. SWD only supports
144 debugging, whereas JTAG also supports boundary scan operations.
145
146 For some chips, there are also @dfn{Programming Adapters} supporting
147 special transports used only to write code to flash memory, without
148 support for on-chip debugging or boundary scan.
149 (At this writing, OpenOCD does not support such non-debug adapters.)
150
151
152 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles: USB
153 based, parallel port based, and other standalone boxes that run
154 OpenOCD internally. @xref{Debug Adapter Hardware}.
155
156 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
157 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
158 Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3 and ST STM32) based cores to be
159 debugged via the GDB protocol.
160
161 @b{Flash Programing:} Flash writing is supported for external CFI
162 compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
163 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC2000, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U, STR7x, STR9x, LM3, and
164 STM32x). Preliminary support for various NAND flash controllers
165 (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) controller is included.
166
167 @section OpenOCD Web Site
168
169 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
170
171 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/web/}
172
173 @section Latest User's Guide:
174
175 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
176 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
177 Its HTML form is published irregularly at:
178
179 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/html/index.html}
180
181 PDF form is likewise published at:
182
183 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
184
185 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
186
187 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun,
188 which might be helpful to you. Note that if you want
189 anything to come to the attention of developers, you
190 should post it to the OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
191 instead of this forum.
192
193 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
194
195
196 @node Developers
197 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
198 @cindex developers
199
200 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
201 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
202 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
203 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
204
205 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
206 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
207
208 @section OpenOCD GIT Repository
209
210 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
211 a GIT repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
212
213 @uref{git://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/openocd/openocd}
214
215 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
216
217 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
218
219 With standard GIT tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
220 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
221 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
222 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
223 needing a GIT client:
224
225 @uref{http://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/git/gitweb.cgi?p=openocd/openocd}
226
227 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
228
229 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
230 from the repository or a snapshot.
231
232 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
233 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
234 Patches created against older versions may require additional
235 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
236
237 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
238
239 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
240 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
241 technical information about the software internals, development
242 processes, and similar documentation:
243
244 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/index.html}
245
246 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
247 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
248 listed in the Doxyfile configuration in the top of the source tree.
249
250 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
251
252 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
253 communication between developers:
254
255 @uref{https://lists.berlios.de/mailman/listinfo/openocd-development}
256
257 Discuss and submit patches to this list.
258 The @file{PATCHES.txt} file contains basic information about how
259 to prepare patches.
260
261 @section OpenOCD Bug Database
262
263 During the 0.4.x release cycle the OpenOCD project team began
264 using Trac for its bug database:
265
266 @uref{https://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/openocd}
267
268
269 @node Debug Adapter Hardware
270 @chapter Debug Adapter Hardware
271 @cindex dongles
272 @cindex FTDI
273 @cindex wiggler
274 @cindex zy1000
275 @cindex printer port
276 @cindex USB Adapter
277 @cindex RTCK
278
279 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugins into a computer and serves as
280 an adapter .... [snip]
281
282 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapter} that
283 attaches to your computer via USB or the Parallel Printer Port. One
284 exception is the Zylin ZY1000, packaged as a small box you attach via
285 an ethernet cable. The Zylin ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
286 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
287 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
288 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
289
290
291 @section Choosing a Dongle
292
293 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
294
295 @enumerate
296 @item @b{Transport} Does it support the kind of communication that you need?
297 OpenOCD focusses mostly on JTAG. Your version may also support
298 other ways to communicate with target devices.
299 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
300 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
301 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
302 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
303 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
304 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, printer, or
305 Ethernet port needed?
306 @item @b{RTCK} Do you expect to use it with ARM chips and boards with
307 RTCK support? Also known as ``adaptive clocking''
308 @end enumerate
309
310 @section Stand alone Systems
311
312 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.zylin.com/zy1000.html} Technically, not a
313 dongle, but a standalone box. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does
314 not require any drivers installed on the developer PC. It also has
315 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
316 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
317
318 @section USB FT2232 Based
319
320 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them are based
321 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
322 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
323 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
324 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
325 chips are starting to become available in JTAG adapters. (Adapters
326 using those high speed FT2232H chips may support adaptive clocking.)
327
328 The FT2232 chips are flexible enough to support some other
329 transport options, such as SWD or the SPI variants used to
330 program some chips. They have two communications channels,
331 and one can be used for a UART adapter at the same time the
332 other one is used to provide a debug adapter.
333
334 Also, some development boards integrate an FT2232 chip to serve as
335 a built-in low cost debug adapter and usb-to-serial solution.
336
337 @itemize @bullet
338 @item @b{usbjtag}
339 @* Link @url{http://www.hs-augsburg.de/~hhoegl/proj/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
340 @item @b{jtagkey}
341 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
342 @item @b{jtagkey2}
343 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
344 @item @b{oocdlink}
345 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
346 @item @b{signalyzer}
347 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
348 @item @b{Stellaris Eval Boards}
349 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - The Stellaris eval boards
350 bundle FT2232-based JTAG and SWD support, which can be used to debug
351 the Stellaris chips. Using separate JTAG adapters is optional.
352 These boards can also be used in a "pass through" mode as JTAG adapters
353 to other target boards, disabling the Stellaris chip.
354 @item @b{Luminary ICDI}
355 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - Luminary In-Circuit Debug
356 Interface (ICDI) Boards are included in Stellaris LM3S9B9x
357 Evaluation Kits. Like the non-detachable FT2232 support on the other
358 Stellaris eval boards, they can be used to debug other target boards.
359 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
360 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
361 @item @b{flyswatter}
362 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
363 @item @b{turtelizer2}
364 @* See:
365 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
366 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
367 @item @b{comstick}
368 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
369 @item @b{stm32stick}
370 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
371 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
372 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com}
373 @item @b{cortino}
374 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
375 @end itemize
376
377 @section USB-JTAG / Altera USB-Blaster compatibles
378
379 These devices also show up as FTDI devices, but are not
380 protocol-compatible with the FT2232 devices. They are, however,
381 protocol-compatible among themselves. USB-JTAG devices typically consist
382 of a FT245 followed by a CPLD that understands a particular protocol,
383 or emulate this protocol using some other hardware.
384
385 They may appear under different USB VID/PID depending on the particular
386 product. The driver can be configured to search for any VID/PID pair
387 (see the section on driver commands).
388
389 @itemize
390 @item @b{USB-JTAG} Kolja Waschk's USB Blaster-compatible adapter
391 @* Link: @url{http://www.ixo.de/info/usb_jtag/}
392 @item @b{Altera USB-Blaster}
393 @* Link: @url{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_usb_blstr.pdf}
394 @end itemize
395
396 @section USB JLINK based
397 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
398 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
399 AT91SAM764 internally.
400
401 @itemize @bullet
402 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
403 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
404 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
405 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
406 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
407 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/website1/1.0.1.0/369/1/index.php}
408 @end itemize
409
410 @section USB RLINK based
411 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer, permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
412
413 @itemize @bullet
414 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
415 @* Link: @url{http://www.raisonance.com/products/RLink.php}
416 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
417 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
418 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
419 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
420 @end itemize
421
422 @section USB Other
423 @itemize @bullet
424 @item @b{USBprog}
425 @* Link: @url{http://www.embedded-projects.net/usbprog} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
426
427 @item @b{USB - Presto}
428 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
429
430 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
431 @* Link: @url{http://www.simonqian.com/en/Versaloon}
432
433 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
434 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
435
436 @item @b{Buspirate}
437 @* Link: @url{http://dangerousprototypes.com/bus-pirate-manual/}
438 @end itemize
439
440 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
441
442 The two well known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilnx DLC5
443 and the MacGraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
444 these on the market.
445
446 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
447 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
448 of USB-based ones.
449
450 @itemize @bullet
451
452 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
453 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
454
455 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
456 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
457 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
458
459 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
460 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
461
462 @item @b{GW16402}
463 @* Link: @url{http://www.gateworks.com/products/avila_accessories/gw16042.php}
464
465 @item @b{Wiggler2}
466 @*@uref{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/@/~michaels/@/index.php/hardware/@/armjtag,
467 Improved parallel-port wiggler-style JTAG adapter}
468
469 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
470 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
471
472 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
473 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
474
475 @item @b{arm-jtag}
476 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
477
478 @item @b{chameleon}
479 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
480
481 @item @b{Triton}
482 @* Unknown.
483
484 @item @b{Lattice}
485 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
486 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
487
488 @item @b{flashlink}
489 @* From ST Microsystems;
490 @uref{http://www.st.com/stonline/@/products/literature/um/7889.pdf,
491 FlashLINK JTAG programing cable for PSD and uPSD}
492
493 @end itemize
494
495 @section Other...
496 @itemize @bullet
497
498 @item @b{ep93xx}
499 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
500
501 @item @b{at91rm9200}
502 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
503
504 @end itemize
505
506 @node About Jim-Tcl
507 @chapter About Jim-Tcl
508 @cindex Jim-Tcl
509 @cindex tcl
510
511 OpenOCD uses a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as Jim-Tcl.
512 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
513 command interpreter.
514
515 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to Jim-Tcl.
516 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
517 much of anything about Tcl.
518 Alternatively, can write Tcl programs with them.
519
520 You can learn more about Jim at its website, @url{http://jim.berlios.de}.
521 There is an active and responsive community, get on the mailing list
522 if you have any questions. Jim-Tcl maintainers also lurk on the
523 OpenOCD mailing list.
524
525 @itemize @bullet
526 @item @b{Jim vs. Tcl}
527 @* Jim-Tcl is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
528 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. Jim-Tcl has far
529 fewer features. Jim-Tcl is a single .C file and a single .H file and
530 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
531 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
532
533 @item @b{Missing Features}
534 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
535 needed. We welcome Jim-Tcl improvements, not bloat. Also there
536 are a large number of optional Jim-Tcl features that are not
537 enabled in OpenOCD.
538
539 @item @b{Scripts}
540 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are Jim-Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
541 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
542 Jim-Tcl commands, and (older) the orginal command interpreter.
543
544 @item @b{Commands}
545 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB monitor command) one
546 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
547 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
548 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
549
550 @item @b{Historical Note}
551 @* Jim-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008. Fall 2010,
552 before OpenOCD 0.5 release OpenOCD switched to using Jim Tcl
553 as a git submodule, which greatly simplified upgrading Jim Tcl
554 to benefit from new features and bugfixes in Jim Tcl.
555
556 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
557 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
558 @end itemize
559
560 @node Running
561 @chapter Running
562 @cindex command line options
563 @cindex logfile
564 @cindex directory search
565
566 Properly installing OpenOCD sets up your operating system to grant it access
567 to the debug adapters. On Linux, this usually involves installing a file
568 in @file{/etc/udev/rules.d,} so OpenOCD has permissions. MS-Windows needs
569 complex and confusing driver configuration for every peripheral. Such issues
570 are unique to each operating system, and are not detailed in this User's Guide.
571
572 Then later you will invoke the OpenOCD server, with various options to
573 tell it how each debug session should work.
574 The @option{--help} option shows:
575 @verbatim
576 bash$ openocd --help
577
578 --help | -h display this help
579 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
580 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
581 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
582 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
583 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
584 --command | -c run <command>
585 @end verbatim
586
587 If you don't give any @option{-f} or @option{-c} options,
588 OpenOCD tries to read the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
589 To specify one or more different
590 configuration files, use @option{-f} options. For example:
591
592 @example
593 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
594 @end example
595
596 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
597 @enumerate
598 @item the current directory,
599 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
600 @item any search dir specified using the @command{add_script_search_dir} command,
601 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
602 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
603 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
604 @end enumerate
605 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
606
607 @quotation Note
608 Don't try to use configuration script names or paths which
609 include the "#" character. That character begins Tcl comments.
610 @end quotation
611
612 @section Simple setup, no customization
613
614 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
615 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
616 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
617 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
618 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
619
620 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
621 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
622 the server like:
623
624 @example
625 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
626 @end example
627
628 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
629 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
630 If all goes well you'll see output something like
631
632 @example
633 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
634 For bug reports, read
635 http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
636 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
637 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
638 @end example
639
640 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
641 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
642 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
643
644 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
645
646 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
647 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
648 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
649 @xref{Configuration Stage}.
650 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
651 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
652 ensure that this always succeeds.
653 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
654 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
655 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
656 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
657
658 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
659 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
660 those channels.
661
662 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
663 the @option{-d} option.
664
665 Also it is possible to interleave Jim-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
666 @option{-c} command line switch.
667
668 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
669 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
670 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
671 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
672 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
673 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level
674 <n>} (@pxref{debug_level}).
675
676 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
677 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
678
679 For details on the @option{-p} option. @xref{Connecting to GDB}.
680
681 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
682 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
683 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
684 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
685
686 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
687 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
688
689 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
690 just connecting the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
691 and then starting the OpenOCD server.
692 You also need to configure that server so that it knows
693 about that adapter and board, and helps your work.
694 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
695 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
696
697 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
698
699 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
700 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
701 and a USB cable on the other.
702 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
703 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
704
705 @enumerate
706 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
707 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
708 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
709 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
710 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
711 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
712 debugging host.
713
714 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
715 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
716 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
717 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
718 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
719
720 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
721 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
722 with 1.2 Volt boards.
723
724 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
725 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
726 ways to connect the cable.
727 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
728 Be sure it's firmly connected.
729
730 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
731 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
732 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
733 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
734 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
735 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
736 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
737 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
738
739 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
740 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
741 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
742 but are tedious to set up.
743 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
744 adapter signals to the right board pins.
745
746 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
747 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
748 you are using to run OpenOCD.
749 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
750
751 For USB based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
752 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If that host is an
753 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
754
755 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
756 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
757 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
758
759 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
760 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
761 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
762 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
763
764 @end enumerate
765
766 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
767 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
768 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
769
770 @section Project Directory
771
772 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
773
774 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
775 single directory for your work with a given board.
776 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
777 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
778 files accessed through semihosting,
779 and for code you upload to the target board.
780 It is also the natural place to write files,
781 such as log files and data you download from the board.
782
783 @section Configuration Basics
784
785 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
786 a variety of ways you can mix them.
787 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
788
789 @itemize
790 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
791 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
792 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
793 @end itemize
794
795 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
796 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
797 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
798
799 @example
800 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
801
802 # GDB can also flash my flash!
803 gdb_memory_map enable
804 gdb_flash_program enable
805
806 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
807 @end example
808
809 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
810
811 @example
812 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
813 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
814 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
815 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
816 @end example
817
818 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
819 each supporting a different development task.
820 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
821 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
822
823 @quotation Important
824 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
825 problems with how it treats variables.
826 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
827 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
828 that can be tested in a later script.
829 @end quotation
830
831 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
832 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
833 to simplify your work.
834
835 @section User Config Files
836 @cindex config file, user
837 @cindex user config file
838 @cindex config file, overview
839
840 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
841 in one place.
842 One of the following will match your situation best:
843
844 @itemize
845 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
846 provided by someone else.
847 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
848 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
849 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
850 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
851 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
852 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
853
854 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
855 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
856
857 @enumerate
858 @item @b{interface} -- one for each different debug adapter;
859 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
860 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
861 @end enumerate
862
863 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
864 The first is an interface config file.
865 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
866 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
867 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
868 meet your deadline:
869
870 @example
871 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
872 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
873 @end example
874
875 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
876 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
877 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
878 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
879
880 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
881 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
882 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
883 Once you find the JTAG TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
884 target and board
885 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
886 @xref{Autoprobing}.
887
888 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
889 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
890 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
891 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
892
893 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
894 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
895 giving access to your particular flash chips.
896 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
897 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
898
899 @quotation Note
900 When you write new configuration files, please submit
901 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
902 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
903 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
904 will help support users of any board using that chip.
905 @end quotation
906
907 @item
908 You may may need to write some C code.
909 It may be as simple as a supporting a new ft2232 or parport
910 based adapter; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
911 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
912 a new chip architecture.
913 @end itemize
914
915 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
916 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
917 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
918
919 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
920 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
921 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
922 @itemize
923
924 @item
925 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
926 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
927 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
928 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
929
930 @item
931 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
932 @cindex vector_catch
933 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
934 and @command{cortex_m3 vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
935 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
936 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
937 along with messaging and tracing setup.
938 (@xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
939
940 @item
941 You might need to override some defaults.
942 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
943 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
944
945 @item
946 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
947 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
948 a user config file. @xref{TCP/IP Ports}.
949 @end itemize
950
951 @section Project-Specific Utilities
952
953 A few project-specific utility
954 routines may well speed up your work.
955 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
956
957 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
958 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
959 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
960 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
961 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
962 may help:
963
964 @example
965 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
966 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
967 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
968 # Leave the CPU halted.
969 reset init
970
971 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
972 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
973
974 # Start running.
975 resume 0x20000000
976 @}
977 @end example
978
979 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
980 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
981 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
982 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
983 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
984
985 @example
986 proc newboot @{ @} @{
987 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
988 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
989 # "reset halt" would be slower.
990 reset init
991
992 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
993 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
994 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
995 flash protect 0 0 1 off
996 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
997 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
998 flash protect 0 0 1 on
999
1000 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
1001 reset run
1002 @}
1003 @end example
1004
1005 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
1006 from NAND.
1007 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
1008 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
1009 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
1010
1011 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
1012 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
1013
1014 @section Target Software Changes
1015
1016 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
1017 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
1018 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
1019 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
1020 handling issues like:
1021
1022 @itemize @bullet
1023
1024 @item @b{Watchdog Timers}...
1025 Watchog timers are typically used to automatically reset systems if
1026 some application task doesn't periodically reset the timer. (The
1027 assumption is that the system has locked up if the task can't run.)
1028 When a JTAG debugger halts the system, that task won't be able to run
1029 and reset the timer ... potentially causing resets in the middle of
1030 your debug sessions.
1031
1032 It's rarely a good idea to disable such watchdogs, since their usage
1033 needs to be debugged just like all other parts of your firmware.
1034 That might however be your only option.
1035
1036 Look instead for chip-specific ways to stop the watchdog from counting
1037 while the system is in a debug halt state. It may be simplest to set
1038 that non-counting mode in your debugger startup scripts. You may however
1039 need a different approach when, for example, a motor could be physically
1040 damaged by firmware remaining inactive in a debug halt state. That might
1041 involve a type of firmware mode where that "non-counting" mode is disabled
1042 at the beginning then re-enabled at the end; a watchdog reset might fire
1043 and complicate the debug session, but hardware (or people) would be
1044 protected.@footnote{Note that many systems support a "monitor mode" debug
1045 that is a somewhat cleaner way to address such issues. You can think of
1046 it as only halting part of the system, maybe just one task,
1047 instead of the whole thing.
1048 At this writing, January 2010, OpenOCD based debugging does not support
1049 monitor mode debug, only "halt mode" debug.}
1050
1051 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
1052 @cindex ARM semihosting
1053 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
1054 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
1055 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
1056 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
1057 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
1058 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
1059 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
1060 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
1061 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
1062 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
1063 NAND or SPI flash.
1064
1065 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
1066 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
1067 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
1068 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
1069 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
1070
1071 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
1072 or otherwise prevent using that state,
1073 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.@footnote{As a more
1074 polite alternative, some processors have special debug-oriented
1075 registers which can be used to change various features including
1076 how the low power states are clocked while debugging.
1077 The STM32 DBGMCU_CR register is an example; at the cost of extra
1078 power consumption, JTAG can be used during low power states.}
1079 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
1080 work for an idle processor otherwise.
1081
1082 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
1083 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
1084 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
1085 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
1086 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
1087
1088 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
1089 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
1090 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
1091 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
1092 early code execution can be debugged
1093 or firmware can be replaced.
1094
1095 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
1096 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
1097 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
1098 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
1099 operations like writing to memory.)
1100
1101 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
1102 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
1103 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
1104 various kinds of message.
1105 @xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
1106
1107 @end itemize
1108
1109 @section Target Hardware Setup
1110
1111 Chip vendors often provide software development boards which
1112 are highly configurable, so that they can support all options
1113 that product boards may require. @emph{Make sure that any
1114 jumpers or switches match the system configuration you are
1115 working with.}
1116
1117 Common issues include:
1118
1119 @itemize @bullet
1120
1121 @item @b{JTAG setup} ...
1122 Boards may support more than one JTAG configuration.
1123 Examples include jumpers controlling pullups versus pulldowns
1124 on the nTRST and/or nSRST signals, and choice of connectors
1125 (e.g. which of two headers on the base board,
1126 or one from a daughtercard).
1127 For some Texas Instruments boards, you may need to jumper the
1128 EMU0 and EMU1 signals (which OpenOCD won't currently control).
1129
1130 @item @b{Boot Modes} ...
1131 Complex chips often support multiple boot modes, controlled
1132 by external jumpers. Make sure this is set up correctly.
1133 For example many i.MX boards from NXP need to be jumpered
1134 to "ATX mode" to start booting using the on-chip ROM, when
1135 using second stage bootloader code stored in a NAND flash chip.
1136
1137 Such explicit configuration is common, and not limited to
1138 booting from NAND. You might also need to set jumpers to
1139 start booting using code loaded from an MMC/SD card; external
1140 SPI flash; Ethernet, UART, or USB links; NOR flash; OneNAND
1141 flash; some external host; or various other sources.
1142
1143
1144 @item @b{Memory Addressing} ...
1145 Boards which support multiple boot modes may also have jumpers
1146 to configure memory addressing. One board, for example, jumpers
1147 external chipselect 0 (used for booting) to address either
1148 a large SRAM (which must be pre-loaded via JTAG), NOR flash,
1149 or NAND flash. When it's jumpered to address NAND flash, that
1150 board must also be told to start booting from on-chip ROM.
1151
1152 Your @file{board.cfg} file may also need to be told this jumper
1153 configuration, so that it can know whether to declare NOR flash
1154 using @command{flash bank} or instead declare NAND flash with
1155 @command{nand device}; and likewise which probe to perform in
1156 its @code{reset-init} handler.
1157
1158 A closely related issue is bus width. Jumpers might need to
1159 distinguish between 8 bit or 16 bit bus access for the flash
1160 used to start booting.
1161
1162 @item @b{Peripheral Access} ...
1163 Development boards generally provide access to every peripheral
1164 on the chip, sometimes in multiple modes (such as by providing
1165 multiple audio codec chips).
1166 This interacts with software
1167 configuration of pin multiplexing, where for example a
1168 given pin may be routed either to the MMC/SD controller
1169 or the GPIO controller. It also often interacts with
1170 configuration jumpers. One jumper may be used to route
1171 signals to an MMC/SD card slot or an expansion bus (which
1172 might in turn affect booting); others might control which
1173 audio or video codecs are used.
1174
1175 @end itemize
1176
1177 Plus you should of course have @code{reset-init} event handlers
1178 which set up the hardware to match that jumper configuration.
1179 That includes in particular any oscillator or PLL used to clock
1180 the CPU, and any memory controllers needed to access external
1181 memory and peripherals. Without such handlers, you won't be
1182 able to access those resources without working target firmware
1183 which can do that setup ... this can be awkward when you're
1184 trying to debug that target firmware. Even if there's a ROM
1185 bootloader which handles a few issues, it rarely provides full
1186 access to all board-specific capabilities.
1187
1188
1189 @node Config File Guidelines
1190 @chapter Config File Guidelines
1191
1192 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
1193 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
1194 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
1195 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
1196
1197 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
1198 with files including the ones listed here.
1199 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
1200 @itemize @bullet
1201 @item @file{interface} ...
1202 These are for debug adapters.
1203 Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
1204 @example
1205 $ ls interface
1206 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg oocdlink.cfg
1207 arm-usb-ocd.cfg icebear.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
1208 at91rm9200.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
1209 axm0432.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
1210 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg rlink.cfg
1211 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1212 calao-usb-a9260.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1213 chameleon.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1214 cortino.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
1215 dummy.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg usbprog.cfg
1216 flyswatter.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg vsllink.cfg
1217 $
1218 @end example
1219 @item @file{board} ...
1220 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
1221 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1222 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1223 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1224 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1225 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1226 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1227 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1228 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1229 a CPU and an FPGA.
1230 @example
1231 $ ls board
1232 arm_evaluator7t.cfg keil_mcb1700.cfg
1233 at91rm9200-dk.cfg keil_mcb2140.cfg
1234 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg linksys_nslu2.cfg
1235 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg logicpd_imx27.cfg
1236 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg mini2440.cfg
1237 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1238 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1239 csb337.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1240 csb732.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1241 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1242 dm355evm.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1243 dm365evm.cfg osk5912.cfg
1244 dm6446evm.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1245 eir.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1246 ek-lm3s1968.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1247 ek-lm3s3748.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1248 ek-lm3s811.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1249 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm32f10x_128k_eval.cfg
1250 hammer.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1251 hitex_lpc2929.cfg telo.cfg
1252 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1253 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg topas910.cfg
1254 iar_str912_sk.cfg topasa900.cfg
1255 imx27ads.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1256 imx27lnst.cfg x300t.cfg
1257 imx31pdk.cfg zy1000.cfg
1258 $
1259 @end example
1260 @item @file{target} ...
1261 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1262 on a chip
1263 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1264 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1265 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1266 the target config file defines all of them.
1267 @example
1268 $ ls target
1269 aduc702x.cfg imx27.cfg pxa255.cfg
1270 ar71xx.cfg imx31.cfg pxa270.cfg
1271 at91eb40a.cfg imx35.cfg readme.txt
1272 at91r40008.cfg is5114.cfg sam7se512.cfg
1273 at91rm9200.cfg ixp42x.cfg sam7x256.cfg
1274 at91sam3u1c.cfg lm3s1968.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1275 at91sam3u1e.cfg lm3s3748.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1276 at91sam3u2c.cfg lm3s6965.cfg samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1277 at91sam3u2e.cfg lm3s811.cfg samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1278 at91sam3u4c.cfg lm3s9b9x.cfg samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1279 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc1768.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1280 at91sam3uXX.cfg lpc2103.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1281 at91sam7sx.cfg lpc2124.cfg smp8634.cfg
1282 at91sam9260.cfg lpc2129.cfg stm32.cfg
1283 c100.cfg lpc2148.cfg str710.cfg
1284 c100config.tcl lpc2294.cfg str730.cfg
1285 c100helper.tcl lpc2378.cfg str750.cfg
1286 c100regs.tcl lpc2478.cfg str912.cfg
1287 cs351x.cfg lpc2900.cfg telo.cfg
1288 davinci.cfg mega128.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1289 dragonite.cfg netx500.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1290 epc9301.cfg omap2420.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1291 feroceon.cfg omap3530.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1292 icepick.cfg omap5912.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1293 imx21.cfg pic32mx.cfg xba_revA3.cfg
1294 $
1295 @end example
1296 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1297 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1298 @end itemize
1299
1300 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1301 file may override features in any of the above files by
1302 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1303 commands specific to their situation.
1304
1305 @section Interface Config Files
1306
1307 The user config file
1308 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1309
1310 @example
1311 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1312 @end example
1313
1314 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every debug adapter
1315 in use today with OpenOCD.
1316 That said, perhaps some of these config files
1317 have only been used by the developer who created it.
1318
1319 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1320 @xref{Debug Adapter Configuration}.
1321 Read the OpenOCD source code (and Developer's GUide)
1322 if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1323 and need to provide a driver for it.
1324
1325 @section Board Config Files
1326 @cindex config file, board
1327 @cindex board config file
1328
1329 The user config file
1330 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1331
1332 @example
1333 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1334 @end example
1335
1336 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1337 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1338 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1339
1340 @enumerate
1341 @item One or more @command{source [target/...cfg]} statements
1342 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{NOR Configuration})
1343 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{NAND Configuration})
1344 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1345 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1346 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1347 @end enumerate
1348
1349 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1350 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1351 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1352 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1353
1354 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1355 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1356 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1357 configuration works.
1358
1359 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1360
1361 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1362 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1363 convention on how to use certain variables.
1364
1365 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but Jim-Tcl does not.
1366 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1367 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1368 used at will within a target configuration file.
1369
1370 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1371 for a board with three chips:
1372
1373 @example
1374 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1375 set CHIPNAME network
1376 set ENDIAN big
1377 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1378 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1379 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1380 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1381
1382 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1383 set CHIPNAME video
1384 set ENDIAN little
1385 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1386 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1387 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1388 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1389
1390 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1391 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1392 unset ENDIAN
1393 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1394 @end example
1395
1396 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1397 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1398 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1399 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1400 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1401 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1402 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1403 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1404
1405 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1406 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1407 naming collisions.
1408
1409 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1410 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1411 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1412 up other clocks and peripherals.
1413
1414 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1415 @cindex variable names
1416
1417 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1418 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1419 one such chip (as shown above).
1420 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1421 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1422 to promote consistency and
1423 so that board files can override target defaults.
1424
1425 Inputs to target config files include:
1426
1427 @itemize @bullet
1428 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1429 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1430 tap identifier dotted names.
1431 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1432 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1433 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1434 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1435 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1436 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1437 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1438 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1439 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1440 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1441 @end itemize
1442
1443 Outputs from target config files include:
1444
1445 @itemize @bullet
1446 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1447 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1448 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1449 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1450 specific to that board and that target.
1451 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1452 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1453 @end itemize
1454
1455 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1456 @cindex event, reset-init
1457 @cindex reset-init handler
1458
1459 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1460 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1461 fully set up yet.
1462 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1463 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1464 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1465 handler is one of the most important.
1466
1467 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1468 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1469 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1470 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1471 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1472
1473 @quotation Note
1474 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1475 are included here.
1476 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1477 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1478 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1479 (@pxref{Translating Configuration Files}).
1480 @end quotation
1481
1482 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1483 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1484 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1485 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1486 those as parameters.
1487 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1488 and disabling the watchdog.
1489 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1490 the next developer doing such work.
1491 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1492
1493 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1494 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1495 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1496 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1497
1498 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1499
1500 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1501 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1502 a low JTAG clock rate.
1503 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1504 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1505 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1506 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1507 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1508 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1509 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1510
1511 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1512 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1513 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1514 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1515 which might be less than that.
1516
1517 @quotation Warning
1518 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1519 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1520 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1521 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1522 @end quotation
1523
1524 If both the chip and the board support adaptive clocking,
1525 use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1526 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1527 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{adapter_khz}.
1528 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1529 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1530
1531 @section Target Config Files
1532 @cindex config file, target
1533 @cindex target config file
1534
1535 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1536 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1537 more target config files like this:
1538
1539 @example
1540 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1541 @end example
1542
1543 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1544 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1545 In summary the target files should contain
1546
1547 @enumerate
1548 @item Set defaults
1549 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1550 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1551 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1552 @item On-Chip flash
1553 @end enumerate
1554
1555 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1556 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1557 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1558
1559 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1560 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1561 can talk to the chip.
1562 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1563 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1564 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1565 and other processing engines.
1566
1567 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1568
1569 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1570 letting board config files express environment-specific
1571 differences in how things should be set up.
1572
1573 @example
1574 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1575 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1576 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1577 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1578 @} else @{
1579 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1580 @}
1581
1582 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1583 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1584 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1585 @} else @{
1586 set _ENDIAN little
1587 @}
1588
1589 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1590 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1591 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1592 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1593 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1594 @} else @{
1595 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1596 @}
1597 @end example
1598 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1599
1600 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1601 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1602 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1603
1604 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1605 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1606 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1607
1608 @example
1609 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1610 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1611 @end example
1612
1613 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1614 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1615 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1616 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1617 for taps.
1618
1619 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1620 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1621 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1622 looks (in part) like this:
1623
1624 @example
1625 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1626 @end example
1627
1628 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1629 to source such a config file twice, with different
1630 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1631 it adds a different TAP each time.
1632
1633 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1634 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1635 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1636 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1637
1638 @example
1639 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1640 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1641 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1642 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1643 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1644 @end example
1645
1646 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1647 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1648
1649 @itemize
1650 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1651 plus a JRC to enable them
1652 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1653 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1654 is not currently used)
1655 @end itemize
1656
1657 @subsection Add CPU targets
1658
1659 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1660 GDB and other commands can use it.
1661 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1662 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1663 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1664 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1665
1666 @example
1667 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1668 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1669 @end example
1670
1671 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1672 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1673 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1674 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1675 a work area if you can.
1676 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1677
1678 @example
1679 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1680 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1681 @end example
1682
1683 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
1684
1685 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
1686 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
1687 chip can be tweaked by the board.
1688
1689 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
1690 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
1691 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
1692 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
1693 both signals.
1694
1695 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
1696 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
1697 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
1698 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
1699 don't want to reset all targets at once.
1700 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
1701 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
1702 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
1703 (For Cortex-M3 targets, this is not necessary. The target
1704 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
1705 not available.)
1706
1707 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
1708 they're going to be used with JTAG.
1709 An example might be needing to send some commands right
1710 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
1711 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
1712 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
1713 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
1714 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
1715
1716 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
1717 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
1718 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
1719 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
1720 slower clock than they will use later.
1721 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
1722 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
1723 than they will use later.
1724 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1725
1726 @quotation Important
1727 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
1728 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
1729 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
1730 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
1731 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
1732 @end quotation
1733
1734 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
1735
1736 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
1737 special high speed download features - enable it.
1738
1739 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
1740
1741 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
1742 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
1743 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
1744 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
1745 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
1746 If you are using an external trace port,
1747 configure it in your board config file.
1748 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
1749 configure it in your target config file.
1750
1751 @example
1752 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
1753 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
1754 @end example
1755
1756 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
1757
1758 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
1759
1760 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
1761 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
1762 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
1763 the TARGET (chip) file.
1764
1765 Examples:
1766 @itemize @bullet
1767 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
1768 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
1769 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
1770 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
1771 @end itemize
1772
1773 @anchor{Translating Configuration Files}
1774 @section Translating Configuration Files
1775 @cindex translation
1776 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
1777 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
1778 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
1779 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
1780 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
1781 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
1782
1783 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
1784 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
1785 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
1786 convert other scripts later on.
1787
1788 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
1789 replace job:
1790
1791 @example
1792 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
1793 #
1794 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
1795 #
1796 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
1797 #
1798 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
1799
1800 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
1801 global TARGETNAME
1802
1803 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
1804
1805 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
1806 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
1807 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
1808 @}
1809 @end example
1810
1811
1812
1813 @node Daemon Configuration
1814 @chapter Daemon Configuration
1815 @cindex initialization
1816 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
1817 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
1818 supported.
1819
1820 @anchor{Configuration Stage}
1821 @section Configuration Stage
1822 @cindex configuration stage
1823 @cindex config command
1824
1825 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
1826 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
1827 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
1828 Normally, configuration commands are only available
1829 inside startup scripts.
1830
1831 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
1832 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
1833 which may be issued interactively.
1834 The runtime @command{help} command also highlights configuration
1835 commands, and those which may be issued at any time.
1836
1837 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
1838 flash banks,
1839 the interface used for JTAG communication,
1840 and other basic setup.
1841 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
1842 may access or activate TAPs.
1843 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
1844 longer be issued.
1845
1846 @section Entering the Run Stage
1847
1848 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
1849 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
1850 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1851 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
1852 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
1853 You should see no errors at this point.
1854 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
1855 commands you used to configure the server.
1856 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
1857 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
1858 on the scan chain.
1859
1860 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
1861 become available.
1862 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
1863 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
1864 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
1865 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
1866 entry to the run stage.
1867
1868 @deffn {Config Command} init
1869 This command terminates the configuration stage and
1870 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
1871 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
1872 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
1873 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
1874 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
1875
1876 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
1877 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
1878 configuration files and/or command line options.
1879
1880 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
1881 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
1882 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
1883 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
1884 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
1885 @end deffn
1886
1887 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
1888 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
1889 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1890
1891 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
1892 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
1893 scan chain.
1894 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
1895 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
1896
1897 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
1898 they return.
1899 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
1900 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
1901 @end deffn
1902
1903 @anchor{TCP/IP Ports}
1904 @section TCP/IP Ports
1905 @cindex TCP port
1906 @cindex server
1907 @cindex port
1908 @cindex security
1909 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
1910 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
1911 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
1912
1913 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
1914 access using one or more of these ports.
1915 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
1916 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
1917 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
1918
1919 @deffn {Command} gdb_port [number]
1920 @cindex GDB server
1921 Normally gdb listens to a TCP/IP port, but GDB can also
1922 communicate via pipes(stdin/out or named pipes). The name
1923 "gdb_port" stuck because it covers probably more than 90% of
1924 the normal use cases.
1925
1926 No arguments reports GDB port. "pipe" means listen to stdin
1927 output to stdout, an integer is base port number, "disable"
1928 disables the gdb server.
1929
1930 When using "pipe", also use log_output to redirect the log
1931 output to a file so as not to flood the stdin/out pipes.
1932
1933 The -p/--pipe option is deprecated and a warning is printed
1934 as it is equivalent to passing in -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log".
1935
1936 Any other string is interpreted as named pipe to listen to.
1937 Output pipe is the same name as input pipe, but with 'o' appended,
1938 e.g. /var/gdb, /var/gdbo.
1939
1940 The GDB port for the first target will be the base port, the
1941 second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
1942 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1943 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
1944 @end deffn
1945
1946 @deffn {Command} tcl_port [number]
1947 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
1948 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
1949 output from the Tcl engine.
1950 Intended as a machine interface.
1951 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1952 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
1953
1954 @end deffn
1955
1956 @deffn {Command} telnet_port [number]
1957 Specify or query the
1958 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
1959 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
1960 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1961 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
1962 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1963 @end deffn
1964
1965 @anchor{GDB Configuration}
1966 @section GDB Configuration
1967 @cindex GDB
1968 @cindex GDB configuration
1969 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
1970 The ones listed here are static and global.
1971 @xref{Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
1972 @xref{Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
1973
1974 @anchor{gdb_breakpoint_override}
1975 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
1976 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
1977 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
1978 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
1979 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
1980 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
1981 @end deffn
1982
1983 @anchor{gdb_flash_program}
1984 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1985 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
1986 vFlash packet is received.
1987 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1988 @end deffn
1989
1990 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1991 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
1992 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
1993 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
1994 for flash programming to work.
1995 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1996 @xref{gdb_flash_program}.
1997 @end deffn
1998
1999 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2000 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
2001 by GDB memory read packets.
2002 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
2003 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
2004 @end deffn
2005
2006 @anchor{Event Polling}
2007 @section Event Polling
2008
2009 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
2010 where significant events can happen at any time.
2011 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
2012 so it can report them to through TCL command line
2013 or to GDB.
2014
2015 Examples of such events include:
2016
2017 @itemize
2018 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
2019 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
2020 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
2021 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
2022 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
2023 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
2024 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
2025 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
2026 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
2027 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
2028 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
2029 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
2030 @end itemize
2031
2032 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
2033 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
2034 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
2035 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
2036 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
2037
2038 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
2039 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
2040 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
2041 to the various active targets.
2042 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
2043 which is normally done in the background.
2044
2045 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2046 Poll the current target for its current state.
2047 (Also, @pxref{target curstate}.)
2048 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
2049 specific information about the current state is printed.
2050 An optional parameter
2051 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
2052
2053 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
2054 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
2055 Leave background polling enabled while you're using GDB.
2056 @example
2057 > poll
2058 background polling: on
2059 target state: halted
2060 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
2061 current mode: Supervisor
2062 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
2063 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
2064 >
2065 @end example
2066 @end deffn
2067
2068 @node Debug Adapter Configuration
2069 @chapter Debug Adapter Configuration
2070 @cindex config file, interface
2071 @cindex interface config file
2072
2073 Correctly installing OpenOCD includes making your operating system give
2074 OpenOCD access to debug adapters. Once that has been done, Tcl commands
2075 are used to select which one is used, and to configure how it is used.
2076
2077 @quotation Note
2078 Because OpenOCD started out with a focus purely on JTAG, you may find
2079 places where it wrongly presumes JTAG is the only transport protocol
2080 in use. Be aware that recent versions of OpenOCD are removing that
2081 limitation. JTAG remains more functional than most other transports.
2082 Other transports do not support boundary scan operations, or may be
2083 specific to a given chip vendor. Some might be usable only for
2084 programming flash memory, instead of also for debugging.
2085 @end quotation
2086
2087 Debug Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
2088 through commands in an interface configuration
2089 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
2090 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
2091
2092 @example
2093 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
2094 @end example
2095
2096 These commands tell
2097 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
2098 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
2099
2100 @example
2101 # jlink interface
2102 interface jlink
2103 @end example
2104
2105 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
2106
2107
2108 @section Interface Configuration
2109
2110 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of debug adapter you are
2111 using. Depending on the type of adapter, you may need to use one or
2112 more additional commands to further identify or configure the adapter.
2113
2114 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
2115 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
2116 target.
2117 @end deffn
2118
2119 @deffn Command {interface_list}
2120 List the debug adapter drivers that have been built into
2121 the running copy of OpenOCD.
2122 @end deffn
2123 @deffn Command {interface transports} transport_name+
2124 Specifies the transports supported by this debug adapter.
2125 The adapter driver builds-in similar knowledge; use this only
2126 when external configuration (such as jumpering) changes what
2127 the hardware can support.
2128 @end deffn
2129
2130
2131
2132 @deffn Command {adapter_name}
2133 Returns the name of the debug adapter driver being used.
2134 @end deffn
2135
2136 @section Interface Drivers
2137
2138 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
2139 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
2140 available at run time.
2141
2142 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
2143 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
2144 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
2145 This defines some driver-specific commands:
2146
2147 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2148 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
2149 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2150 @end deffn
2151
2152 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
2153 Displays status of RTCK option.
2154 Optionally sets that option first.
2155 @end deffn
2156 @end deffn
2157
2158 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
2159 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
2160 This has one driver-specific command:
2161
2162 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
2163 Logs some status
2164 @end deffn
2165 @end deffn
2166
2167 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
2168 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
2169 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
2170 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
2171 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
2172 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
2173 @end deffn
2174
2175 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
2176 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
2177 @end deffn
2178
2179 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
2180 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
2181 @end deffn
2182
2183 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
2184 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
2185 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2186 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2187
2188 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
2189 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2190 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
2191 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2192 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2193 @end deffn
2194
2195 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
2196 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
2197 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
2198 is connected to the host.
2199 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2200 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2201 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2202 @end deffn
2203
2204 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
2205 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
2206 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
2207 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
2208 @itemize @minus
2209 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
2210 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
2211 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
2212 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
2213 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
2214 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
2215 This layout can not support the SWO trace mechanism, and should be
2216 used only for older boards (before rev C).
2217 @item @b{luminary_icdi} This layout should be used with most Luminary
2218 eval boards, including Rev C LM3S811 eval boards and the eponymous
2219 ICDI boards, to debug either the local Cortex-M3 or in passthrough mode
2220 to debug some other target. It can support the SWO trace mechanism.
2221 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
2222 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
2223 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
2224 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
2225 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
2226 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
2227 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
2228 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
2229 @item @b{redbee-econotag} Integrated with a Redbee development board.
2230 @item @b{redbee-usb} Integrated with a Redbee USB-stick development board.
2231 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
2232 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
2233 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
2234 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
2235 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
2236 @end itemize
2237 @end deffn
2238
2239 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2240 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
2241 default values are used.
2242 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2243 @example
2244 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2245 @end example
2246 @end deffn
2247
2248 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
2249 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
2250 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
2251 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
2252 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
2253 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
2254 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
2255 @end deffn
2256
2257 For example, the interface config file for a
2258 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
2259
2260 @example
2261 interface ft2232
2262 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
2263 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
2264 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
2265 @end example
2266 @end deffn
2267
2268 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usb_blaster}
2269 USB JTAG/USB-Blaster compatibles over one of the userspace libraries
2270 for FTDI chips. These interfaces have several commands, used to
2271 configure the driver before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2272
2273 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_device_desc} description
2274 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2275 of the FTDI FT245 device. If not
2276 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2277 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2278 @end deffn
2279
2280 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_vid_pid} vid pid
2281 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT245 device. If not specified,
2282 default values are used.
2283 Currently, only one @var{vid}, @var{pid} pair may be given, e.g. for
2284 Altera USB-Blaster (default):
2285 @example
2286 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x09FB 0x6001
2287 @end example
2288 The following VID/PID is for Kolja Waschk's USB JTAG:
2289 @example
2290 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x16C0 0x06AD
2291 @end example
2292 @end deffn
2293
2294 @deffn {Command} {usb_blaster} (@option{pin6}|@option{pin8}) (@option{0}|@option{1})
2295 Sets the state of the unused GPIO pins on USB-Blasters (pins 6 and 8 on the
2296 female JTAG header). These pins can be used as SRST and/or TRST provided the
2297 appropriate connections are made on the target board.
2298
2299 For example, to use pin 6 as SRST (as with an AVR board):
2300 @example
2301 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-assert \
2302 "usb_blaster pin6 1; wait 1; usb_blaster pin6 0"
2303 @end example
2304 @end deffn
2305
2306 @end deffn
2307
2308 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
2309 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
2310 This has one driver-specific command:
2311
2312 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2313 Display either the address of the I/O port
2314 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2315 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2316 This is a write-once setting.
2317 @end deffn
2318 @end deffn
2319
2320 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2321 Segger jlink USB adapter
2322 @c command: jlink_info
2323 @c dumps status
2324 @c command: jlink_hw_jtag (2|3)
2325 @c sets version 2 or 3
2326 @end deffn
2327
2328 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2329 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2330 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2331 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2332 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2333
2334 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2335 Set the layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2336 This is a write-once setting.
2337 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2338
2339 @itemize @minus
2340 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2341 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2342 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2343 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2344 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2345 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2346 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2347 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2348 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2349 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2350 some versions of
2351 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2352 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2353 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2354 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2355 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2356 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2357 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2358 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
2359 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
2360 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2361 @end itemize
2362 @end deffn
2363
2364 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2365 Display either the address of the I/O port
2366 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2367 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2368 This is a write-once setting.
2369
2370 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
2371 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
2372 you may encounter a problem.
2373 @end deffn
2374
2375 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
2376 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
2377 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
2378 @command{adapter_khz} configuration.
2379 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
2380 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
2381
2382 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
2383 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
2384 @quotation Tip
2385 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
2386 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
2387 @example
2388 > parport_toggling_time 1000
2389 > adapter_khz 500
2390 @end example
2391 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
2392 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
2393 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
2394 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
2395 large set of samples.
2396 Update the setting to match your measurement:
2397 @example
2398 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
2399 @end example
2400 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{adapter_khz rate}
2401 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
2402
2403 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
2404 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
2405 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
2406 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
2407 match for the adapter_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
2408 @end quotation
2409 @end deffn
2410
2411 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (@option{on}|@option{off})
2412 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
2413 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD.
2414 @end deffn
2415
2416 For example, the interface configuration file for a
2417 classic ``Wiggler'' cable on LPT2 might look something like this:
2418
2419 @example
2420 interface parport
2421 parport_port 0x278
2422 parport_cable wiggler
2423 @end example
2424 @end deffn
2425
2426 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
2427 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
2428 @deffn {Config Command} {presto_serial} serial_string
2429 Configures the USB serial number of the Presto device to use.
2430 @end deffn
2431 @end deffn
2432
2433 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
2434 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
2435 @end deffn
2436
2437 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
2438 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2439 @end deffn
2440
2441 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
2442 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
2443
2444 @quotation Note
2445 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
2446 which are not currently documented here.
2447 @end quotation
2448 @end deffn
2449
2450 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
2451 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
2452 @end deffn
2453
2454 @quotation Note
2455 This defines some driver-specific commands,
2456 which are not currently documented here.
2457 @end quotation
2458
2459 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2460 Turn power switch to target on/off.
2461 No arguments: print status.
2462 @end deffn
2463
2464 @section Transport Configuration
2465 @cindex Transport
2466 As noted earlier, depending on the version of OpenOCD you use,
2467 and the debug adapter you are using,
2468 several transports may be available to
2469 communicate with debug targets (or perhaps to program flash memory).
2470 @deffn Command {transport list}
2471 displays the names of the transports supported by this
2472 version of OpenOCD.
2473 @end deffn
2474
2475 @deffn Command {transport select} transport_name
2476 Select which of the supported transports to use in this OpenOCD session.
2477 The transport must be supported by the debug adapter hardware and by the
2478 version of OPenOCD you are using (including the adapter's driver).
2479 No arguments: returns name of session's selected transport.
2480 @end deffn
2481
2482 @subsection JTAG Transport
2483 @cindex JTAG
2484 JTAG is the original transport supported by OpenOCD, and most
2485 of the OpenOCD commands support it.
2486 JTAG transports expose a chain of one or more Test Access Points (TAPs),
2487 each of which must be explicitly declared.
2488 JTAG supports both debugging and boundary scan testing.
2489 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
2490 @subsection SWD Transport
2491 @cindex SWD
2492 @cindex Serial Wire Debug
2493 SWD (Serial Wire Debug) is an ARM-specific transport which exposes one
2494 Debug Access Point (DAP, which must be explicitly declared.
2495 (SWD uses fewer signal wires than JTAG.)
2496 SWD is debug-oriented, and does not support boundary scan testing.
2497 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
2498 (Some processors support both JTAG and SWD.)
2499 @deffn Command {swd newdap} ...
2500 Declares a single DAP which uses SWD transport.
2501 Parameters are currently the same as "jtag newtap" but this is
2502 expected to change.
2503 @end deffn
2504 @deffn Command {swd wcr trn prescale}
2505 Updates TRN (turnaraound delay) and prescaling.fields of the
2506 Wire Control Register (WCR).
2507 No parameters: displays current settings.
2508 @end deffn
2509
2510 @subsection SPI Transport
2511 @cindex SPI
2512 @cindex Serial Peripheral Interface
2513 The Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) is a general purpose transport
2514 which uses four wire signaling. Some processors use it as part of a
2515 solution for flash programming.
2516
2517 @anchor{JTAG Speed}
2518 @section JTAG Speed
2519 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
2520 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
2521 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
2522 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
2523 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
2524 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
2525 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
2526 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
2527 power management software that may be active.
2528
2529 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
2530 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
2531 target event handler.
2532 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
2533 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
2534 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
2535 sets up those clocks).
2536 @xref{Target Events}.
2537 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
2538 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
2539 in the target config file.
2540 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
2541 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
2542 config file instead.
2543 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
2544 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
2545 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
2546
2547 @example
2548 jtag_rclk 3000
2549 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
2550 @end example
2551
2552 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
2553 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
2554 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
2555 may not be the fastest solution.
2556
2557 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
2558 instead of @command{adapter_khz}, but only for (ARM) cores and boards
2559 which support adaptive clocking.
2560
2561 @deffn {Command} adapter_khz max_speed_kHz
2562 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
2563 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
2564 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
2565 than the speed specified.
2566
2567 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
2568 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
2569 and is normally less than that peak rate.
2570 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
2571
2572 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
2573 @xref{FAQ RTCK}.
2574 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
2575 JTAG clocking after setup.
2576 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
2577 If the interface device can not
2578 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
2579 @end deffn
2580
2581 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
2582 @cindex adaptive clocking
2583 @cindex RTCK
2584 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
2585 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
2586 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
2587 @example
2588 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
2589 jtag_rclk 3000
2590 @end example
2591 @end defun
2592
2593 @node Reset Configuration
2594 @chapter Reset Configuration
2595 @cindex Reset Configuration
2596
2597 Every system configuration may require a different reset
2598 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
2599 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
2600 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
2601 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{JTAG Speed}.)
2602 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
2603 Please see the various board files for examples.
2604
2605 @quotation Note
2606 To maintainers and integrators:
2607 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
2608 Normally the board configuration file
2609 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
2610 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
2611
2612 However, the target configuration file could also make note
2613 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
2614 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
2615 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
2616 user configuration file will need to override parts of
2617 the reset configuration provided by other files.
2618 @end quotation
2619
2620 @section Types of Reset
2621
2622 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
2623 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
2624 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
2625
2626 @itemize @bullet
2627 @item
2628 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
2629 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
2630 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
2631 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
2632 @item
2633 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
2634 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
2635 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
2636 device's the TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
2637 @item
2638 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
2639 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
2640 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
2641 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
2642 @item
2643 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
2644 several other types of reset.
2645 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
2646 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
2647 There may be individual module resets.
2648 @end itemize
2649
2650 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
2651 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
2652 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
2653 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
2654 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
2655 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
2656 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
2657 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
2658 (@xref{Reset Command}.)
2659
2660 @anchor{SRST and TRST Issues}
2661 @section SRST and TRST Issues
2662
2663 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
2664 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
2665 common issues are:
2666
2667 @itemize @bullet
2668
2669 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
2670 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
2671 support such signals even if they are wired up.
2672 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
2673 when either of those signals is not connected.
2674 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
2675 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
2676 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG level resets can
2677 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
2678
2679 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
2680 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
2681 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
2682 when those signals aren't properly independent.
2683
2684 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
2685 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
2686 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
2687 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
2688 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
2689 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
2690 hardware debouncing.
2691 Use the @command{adapter_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
2692 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
2693
2694 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
2695 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
2696 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
2697 to use push/pull output drivers.
2698 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
2699 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
2700 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
2701 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
2702
2703 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
2704 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
2705 issues (not limited to errata).
2706 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
2707 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
2708 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
2709 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
2710 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
2711 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
2712 @end itemize
2713
2714 There can also be other issues.
2715 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
2716 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
2717 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
2718 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
2719 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
2720 Agreement (NDA).
2721
2722 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
2723 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
2724 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
2725
2726 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
2727 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
2728
2729 @section Commands for Handling Resets
2730
2731 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
2732 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2733 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
2734 allowing it to be deasserted.
2735 @end deffn
2736
2737 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_delay milliseconds
2738 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2739 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2740 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
2741 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
2742 @end deffn
2743
2744 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
2745 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2746 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
2747 allowing it to be deasserted.
2748 @end deffn
2749
2750 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
2751 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2752 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2753 @end deffn
2754
2755 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
2756 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
2757 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
2758 configuration scripts.
2759
2760 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
2761 the command is intended to address (@pxref{SRST and TRST Issues}).
2762 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
2763 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
2764 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
2765 from a particular combination of interface and board.
2766 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
2767 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
2768
2769 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
2770 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination},
2771 @var{gates},
2772 @var{trst_type},
2773 and @var{srst_type} -- may be specified at a time.
2774 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
2775 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
2776 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
2777 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
2778 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
2779
2780 @itemize
2781 @item
2782 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
2783 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
2784 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
2785 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
2786 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
2787
2788 @quotation Tip
2789 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
2790 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
2791 @end quotation
2792
2793 @item
2794 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
2795 signal implementations.
2796 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
2797 indicating everything behaves normally.
2798 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
2799 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. NXP
2800 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
2801 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
2802 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
2803 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
2804 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
2805
2806 @item
2807 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
2808 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
2809 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
2810 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
2811 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
2812 while SRST is asserted.
2813 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
2814 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
2815 @end itemize
2816
2817 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
2818 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
2819 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
2820 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
2821 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
2822
2823 @itemize
2824 @item
2825 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
2826 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
2827 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
2828 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
2829
2830 @item
2831 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
2832 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
2833 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
2834 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
2835 powerup and pressing a reset button.
2836 @end itemize
2837 @end deffn
2838
2839 @section Custom Reset Handling
2840 @cindex events
2841
2842 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
2843 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
2844 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
2845 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
2846 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
2847 at particular points in the reset sequence.
2848
2849 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
2850 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
2851 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
2852 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
2853 want to reset everything at once.
2854
2855 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
2856 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
2857 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
2858 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
2859 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
2860 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
2861 needs special attention.
2862
2863 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
2864 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
2865 to find a sequence of operations that works.
2866 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
2867 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
2868 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
2869 (@pxref{Configuration Stage});
2870 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
2871
2872 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
2873 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
2874 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
2875 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
2876 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
2877
2878 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
2879 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
2880 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
2881 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
2882 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
2883 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
2884 low level reset command (@option{halt},
2885 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
2886 or potentially some other value.
2887
2888 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
2889 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
2890 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
2891 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
2892 (or their associated targets)
2893 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
2894
2895 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2896 they return.
2897 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2898 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2899 @end deffn
2900
2901 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
2902 This validates the scan chain using just the four
2903 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
2904 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
2905 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
2906 matches the TAPs it can observe.
2907 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
2908 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
2909 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
2910 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
2911 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
2912 @end deffn
2913
2914 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
2915 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
2916 everything on the JTAG scan chain
2917 (and anything else connected to SRST).
2918 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
2919 @end deffn
2920
2921
2922 @node TAP Declaration
2923 @chapter TAP Declaration
2924 @cindex TAP declaration
2925 @cindex TAP configuration
2926
2927 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
2928 TAPs serve many roles, including:
2929
2930 @itemize @bullet
2931 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
2932 @item @b{Flash Programing} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
2933 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
2934 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
2935 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
2936 start running that code.
2937 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
2938 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
2939 and missing connections
2940 @end itemize
2941
2942 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
2943 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
2944 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
2945 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
2946 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
2947
2948 @section Scan Chains
2949 @cindex scan chain
2950
2951 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
2952 which is daisy chain of TAPs.
2953 They also need to be added to
2954 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
2955 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
2956 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
2957 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
2958 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
2959 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
2960 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
2961 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
2962
2963 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
2964 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
2965 command, presented in the next chapter.
2966 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
2967 debugging targets.)
2968 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
2969
2970 @verbatim
2971 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
2972 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
2973 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
2974 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
2975 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
2976 @end verbatim
2977
2978 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
2979 of it. @xref{Autoprobing}.
2980 Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
2981 because not all devices provide good support for that.
2982 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
2983 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
2984 until they are told to do so.
2985
2986 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
2987 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
2988 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
2989 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
2990
2991 @example
2992 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
2993 @end example
2994
2995 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
2996 by a given chip.
2997 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
2998 and so forth.
2999 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
3000 It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
3001 a single chip and between them.
3002 @xref{FAQ TAP Order}.
3003
3004 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
3005 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
3006 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
3007 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
3008 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
3009 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
3010 includes commands something like this:
3011
3012 @example
3013 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
3014 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
3015 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
3016 @end example
3017
3018 Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
3019 @option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
3020 @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
3021
3022 @deffn Command {jtag names}
3023 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
3024 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
3025 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
3026 @example
3027 foreach t [jtag names] @{
3028 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
3029 @}
3030 @end example
3031 @end deffn
3032
3033 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
3034 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
3035 and their status.
3036 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
3037 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
3038 but systems with a JTAG router can
3039 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
3040 @end deffn
3041
3042 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
3043 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
3044
3045 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
3046 @c (on entry to RESET state).
3047
3048 @section TAP Names
3049 @cindex dotted name
3050
3051 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
3052 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
3053 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
3054 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
3055 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
3056 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
3057 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
3058 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
3059
3060 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
3061 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
3062 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
3063
3064 @quotation Tip
3065 In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
3066 This feature is still present.
3067 However its use is highly discouraged, and
3068 should not be relied on; it will be removed by mid-2010.
3069 Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers,
3070 by paying attention to the runtime warnings they trigger.
3071 Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
3072 reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
3073 @end quotation
3074
3075 @section TAP Declaration Commands
3076
3077 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
3078 @anchor{jtag newtap}
3079 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
3080 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
3081 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
3082
3083 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
3084 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
3085 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
3086 overridable.
3087
3088 @cindex TAP naming convention
3089 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
3090 and should follow this convention:
3091
3092 @itemize @bullet
3093 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
3094 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
3095 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
3096 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
3097 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
3098 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
3099 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
3100 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
3101 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
3102 with a single TAP;
3103 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
3104 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
3105 For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
3106 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
3107 @end itemize
3108
3109 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
3110
3111 @itemize @bullet
3112 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
3113 @*The length in bits of the
3114 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
3115 @end itemize
3116
3117 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
3118
3119 @itemize @bullet
3120 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
3121 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
3122 linked in to the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
3123 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
3124 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
3125 (the TAP is linked in).
3126 @xref{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
3127 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
3128 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
3129 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
3130 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
3131 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
3132 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
3133 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
3134 values that were found but not included in the list.
3135
3136 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
3137 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
3138 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
3139 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
3140 hardware to find these values.
3141 @xref{Autoprobing}.
3142 @item @code{-ignore-version}
3143 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
3144 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
3145 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
3146 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
3147 the various chip IDs.
3148 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
3149 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
3150 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
3151 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
3152 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
3153 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
3154 additional bits, if you know them, or indicate that
3155 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
3156 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
3157 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
3158 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
3159 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
3160 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
3161 @end itemize
3162 @end deffn
3163
3164 @section Other TAP commands
3165
3166 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
3167 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
3168 At this writing this TAP attribute
3169 mechanism is used only for event handling.
3170 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
3171 mechanism for debugger targets.)
3172 See the next section for information about the available events.
3173
3174 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
3175 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
3176 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
3177 @end deffn
3178
3179 @anchor{TAP Events}
3180 @section TAP Events
3181 @cindex events
3182 @cindex TAP events
3183
3184 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
3185 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
3186 The other applies to debugger targets,
3187 which are associated with certain TAPs.
3188
3189 The TAP events currently defined are:
3190
3191 @itemize @bullet
3192 @item @b{post-reset}
3193 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
3194 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
3195 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
3196 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
3197 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
3198
3199 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
3200 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
3201 of any particular target.
3202 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
3203 @item @b{setup}
3204 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
3205 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
3206 @item @b{tap-disable}
3207 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
3208 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
3209 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3210 @item @b{tap-enable}
3211 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
3212 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
3213 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3214 @end itemize
3215
3216 If you need some action after each JTAG reset, which isn't actually
3217 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
3218 contents to be accurate), you might:
3219
3220 @example
3221 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
3222 echo "JTAG Reset done"
3223 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
3224 @}
3225 @end example
3226
3227
3228 @anchor{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}
3229 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
3230 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
3231 @cindex jrc
3232
3233 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
3234 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
3235 Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
3236 an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
3237 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
3238
3239 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
3240 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
3241 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
3242 be visible.
3243 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
3244 ignores, such as:
3245
3246 @itemize
3247 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
3248 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
3249 TAPs receive new instructions.
3250 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
3251 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
3252 @end itemize
3253
3254 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
3255 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
3256 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
3257 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
3258
3259 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
3260 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
3261
3262 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
3263 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
3264 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
3265 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
3266 should define TAP event handlers using
3267 code that looks something like this:
3268
3269 @example
3270 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
3271 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3272 @}
3273 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
3274 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3275 @}
3276 @end example
3277
3278 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
3279
3280 @example
3281 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
3282 @end example
3283
3284 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
3285 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
3286 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
3287 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
3288
3289 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
3290 If necessary, disables the tap
3291 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
3292 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3293 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3294 and "0" if it is disabled.
3295 @end deffn
3296
3297 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
3298 If necessary, enables the tap
3299 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
3300 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3301 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3302 and "0" if it is disabled.
3303 @end deffn
3304
3305 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
3306 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3307 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3308 and "0" if it is disabled.
3309
3310 @quotation Note
3311 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
3312 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
3313 @end quotation
3314 @end deffn
3315
3316 @anchor{Autoprobing}
3317 @section Autoprobing
3318 @cindex autoprobe
3319 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
3320
3321 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
3322 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
3323 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
3324 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
3325
3326 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
3327 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
3328 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
3329 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
3330 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
3331 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
3332 right when they come out of reset).
3333
3334 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
3335
3336 @example
3337 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
3338 reset_config trst_and_srst
3339 jtag_rclk 8
3340 @end example
3341
3342 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
3343 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
3344
3345 @enumerate
3346 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
3347 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
3348 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
3349 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
3350 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
3351 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
3352 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
3353 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
3354 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
3355 that is discovered.
3356 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
3357 register, it will report it.
3358 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
3359 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
3360 @end enumerate
3361
3362 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
3363 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
3364 that's a bit more complex:
3365
3366 @example
3367 clock speed 8 kHz
3368 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
3369 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
3370 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
3371 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
3372 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3373 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3374 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
3375 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
3376 @end example
3377
3378 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
3379 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
3380 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
3381 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
3382 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
3383 and so forth.
3384
3385 @node CPU Configuration
3386 @chapter CPU Configuration
3387 @cindex GDB target
3388
3389 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
3390 You can also access these targets without GDB
3391 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
3392 and @ref{Target State handling}) and
3393 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
3394 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
3395
3396 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
3397 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
3398
3399 @section Target List
3400 @cindex target, current
3401 @cindex target, list
3402
3403 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
3404 where each member has a name.
3405 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
3406 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
3407 (plural!) command.
3408 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
3409 look like with more than one:
3410 @verbatim
3411 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
3412 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
3413 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
3414 1 MyTarget cortex_m3 little mychip.foo tap-disabled
3415 @end verbatim
3416
3417 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
3418 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
3419 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
3420 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
3421 space seen by that current target.
3422 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
3423 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
3424 are examples; and there are many more.
3425
3426 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
3427
3428 @deffn Command {target count}
3429 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3430 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
3431 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
3432
3433 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
3434 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
3435 @example
3436 set c [target count]
3437 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
3438 # Assuming you have created this function
3439 print_target_details $x
3440 @}
3441 @end example
3442 @end deffn
3443
3444 @deffn Command {target current}
3445 Returns the name of the current target.
3446 @end deffn
3447
3448 @deffn Command {target names}
3449 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
3450 @example
3451 foreach t [target names] @{
3452 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
3453 @}
3454 @end example
3455 @end deffn
3456
3457 @deffn Command {target number} number
3458 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3459 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
3460
3461 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
3462 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
3463 @example
3464 set thename [target number $x]
3465 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
3466 @end example
3467 @end deffn
3468
3469 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
3470 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
3471
3472 @deffn Command targets [name]
3473 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
3474 command names are singular.}
3475
3476 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
3477 targets in a user friendly form.
3478
3479 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
3480 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
3481 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
3482 @end deffn
3483
3484 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
3485 @cindex target type
3486 @cindex CPU type
3487 @cindex CPU variant
3488
3489 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
3490 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
3491 when calling @command{target create}.
3492 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
3493 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
3494 what kind of debug support it integrates,
3495 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
3496 what core-specific commands may be available
3497 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
3498 and more.
3499
3500 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
3501 indicate differences that affect their handling.
3502 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
3503 worked around in some chip versions.
3504
3505 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
3506 since there's a command to list them.
3507 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
3508 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
3509
3510 @anchor{target types}
3511 @deffn Command {target types}
3512 Lists all supported target types.
3513 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
3514
3515 @itemize @bullet
3516 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
3517 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3518 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3519 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3520 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3521 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
3522 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3523 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
3524 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
3525 @item @code{cortex_a8} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
3526 @item @code{cortex_m3} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
3527 compact Thumb2 instruction set. It supports one variant:
3528 @itemize @minus
3529 @item @code{lm3s} ... Use this when debugging older Stellaris LM3S targets.
3530 This will cause OpenOCD to use a software reset rather than asserting
3531 SRST, to avoid a issue with clearing the debug registers.
3532 This is fixed in Fury Rev B, DustDevil Rev B, Tempest; these revisions will
3533 be detected and the normal reset behaviour used.
3534 @end itemize
3535 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
3536 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
3537 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
3538 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
3539 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
3540 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
3541 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
3542 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
3543 There are several variants defined:
3544 @itemize @minus
3545 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
3546 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
3547 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
3548 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
3549 @item @code{pxa3xx} ... instruction register length is 11 bits
3550 @end itemize
3551 @end itemize
3552 @end deffn
3553
3554 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
3555 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
3556 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
3557 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
3558 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
3559 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
3560 reflect design generations;
3561 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
3562 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
3563
3564 @anchor{Target Configuration}
3565 @section Target Configuration
3566
3567 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
3568 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
3569 which is used to set up the CPU support.
3570 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
3571 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
3572
3573 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
3574 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
3575 optional parts.
3576 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
3577 command, created as part of target creation.
3578
3579 The two main things to configure after target creation are
3580 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
3581 if the board setup code overrides them later;
3582 and event handlers (@pxref{Target Events}), which tend
3583 to be much more board-specific.
3584 The key steps you use might look something like this
3585
3586 @example
3587 target create MyTarget cortex_m3 -chain-position mychip.cpu
3588 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
3589 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
3590 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
3591 @end example
3592
3593 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
3594 on-chip SRAM.
3595 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
3596 writes to target memory;
3597 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
3598 GDB memory checksumming;
3599 and more.
3600
3601 @quotation Warning
3602 On more complex chips, the work area can become
3603 inaccessible when application code
3604 (such as an operating system)
3605 enables or disables the MMU.
3606 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
3607 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
3608 easy access to other addresses needed.
3609 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
3610 @end quotation
3611
3612 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
3613 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
3614 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
3615 controllers.
3616 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
3617 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
3618 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
3619
3620 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
3621 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
3622 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
3623 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
3624 purposes including additional configuration.
3625
3626 @itemize @bullet
3627 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
3628 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
3629 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
3630 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
3631
3632 This name is also used to create the target object command,
3633 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
3634 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
3635 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{target types}.
3636 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
3637 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
3638 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
3639 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
3640
3641 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
3642 @end itemize
3643 @end deffn
3644
3645 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
3646 The options accepted by this command may also be
3647 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
3648 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
3649 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
3650
3651 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
3652 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
3653 and changing its endianness or variant.
3654
3655 @itemize @bullet
3656
3657 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
3658 used to access this target.
3659
3660 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
3661 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
3662
3663 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
3664 @xref{Target Events}.
3665 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
3666 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
3667 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
3668 same event name assigns only one handler.
3669
3670 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
3671 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
3672
3673 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
3674 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
3675 @emph{it is not backed up.}
3676 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
3677 since performing a backup slows down operations.
3678 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
3679 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
3680
3681 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
3682 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
3683 or virtual address is being used.
3684
3685 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
3686 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
3687
3688 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
3689 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
3690 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
3691 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
3692 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
3693
3694 @end itemize
3695 @end deffn
3696
3697 @section Other $target_name Commands
3698 @cindex object command
3699
3700 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
3701 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
3702
3703 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
3704 Once a button is created a button
3705 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
3706 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
3707 configure it like this:
3708
3709 @example
3710 # Create
3711 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
3712 # Modify
3713 .foobar configure -foreground blue
3714 # Query
3715 set x [.foobar cget -background]
3716 # Report
3717 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
3718 @end example
3719
3720 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
3721 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
3722
3723 @example
3724 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
3725 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
3726 @end example
3727
3728 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
3729
3730 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
3731 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
3732 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
3733 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
3734 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
3735 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
3736 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
3737 They are not otherwise documented here.
3738 @end deffn
3739
3740 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
3741 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
3742 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
3743 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
3744 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
3745 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
3746 the target side uses raw memory.
3747
3748 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
3749 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
3750 The script orientation comes from working with data
3751 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
3752 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
3753 and neither store nor return those values.
3754
3755 @itemize
3756 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
3757 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
3758 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
3759 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
3760 @end itemize
3761 @end deffn
3762
3763 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
3764 Each configuration parameter accepted by
3765 @command{$target_name configure}
3766 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
3767 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
3768 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
3769 There are a few special cases:
3770
3771 @itemize @bullet
3772 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
3773 event named @var{event_name}.
3774 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
3775 two parameters.
3776 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
3777 This is a special case because this is set using
3778 @command{target create} and can't be changed
3779 using @command{$target_name configure}.
3780 @end itemize
3781
3782 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
3783 all the targets you might use something like this:
3784
3785 @example
3786 foreach name [target names] @{
3787 set y [$name cget -endian]
3788 set z [$name cget -type]
3789 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
3790 $x $name $y $z]
3791 @}
3792 @end example
3793 @end deffn
3794
3795 @anchor{target curstate}
3796 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
3797 Displays the current target state:
3798 @code{debug-running},
3799 @code{halted},
3800 @code{reset},
3801 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
3802 (Also, @pxref{Event Polling}.)
3803 @end deffn
3804
3805 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
3806 Displays a table listing all event handlers
3807 currently associated with this target.
3808 @xref{Target Events}.
3809 @end deffn
3810
3811 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
3812 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
3813 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
3814 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
3815 @end deffn
3816
3817 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
3818 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
3819 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
3820 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
3821 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
3822 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
3823 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
3824 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
3825 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
3826 @end deffn
3827
3828 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
3829 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
3830 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
3831 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
3832 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
3833 at the specified address @var{addr}.
3834 @end deffn
3835
3836 @anchor{Target Events}
3837 @section Target Events
3838 @cindex target events
3839 @cindex events
3840 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
3841 For example:
3842 @itemize @bullet
3843 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
3844 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
3845 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
3846 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
3847 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
3848 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
3849 to set up system clocks or
3850 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
3851 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
3852 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
3853 @end itemize
3854
3855 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
3856 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
3857 @command{target create ... -event}.
3858
3859 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
3860 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
3861 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
3862
3863 @example
3864 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
3865 echo "Reset..."
3866 reset halt
3867 @}
3868 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
3869 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
3870 echo "Reset..."
3871 # To make flash probe and gdb load to flash work we need a reset init.
3872 reset init
3873 @}
3874 @end example
3875
3876 The following target events are defined:
3877
3878 @itemize @bullet
3879 @item @b{debug-halted}
3880 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
3881 @item @b{debug-resumed}
3882 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
3883 @item @b{early-halted}
3884 @* Occurs early in the halt process
3885 @ignore
3886 @item @b{examine-end}
3887 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine completes)
3888 @item @b{examine-start}
3889 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine starts)
3890 @end ignore
3891 @item @b{gdb-attach}
3892 @* When GDB connects. This is before any communication with the target, so this
3893 can be used to set up the target so it is possible to probe flash. Probing flash
3894 is necessary during gdb connect if gdb load is to write the image to flash. Another
3895 use of the flash memory map is for GDB to automatically hardware/software breakpoints
3896 depending on whether the breakpoint is in RAM or read only memory.
3897 @item @b{gdb-detach}
3898 @* When GDB disconnects
3899 @item @b{gdb-end}
3900 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
3901 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
3902 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
3903 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
3904 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
3905 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
3906 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
3907 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
3908 @* After GDB writes to the flash
3909 @item @b{gdb-start}
3910 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
3911 @item @b{halted}
3912 @* The target has halted
3913 @ignore
3914 @item @b{old-gdb_program_config}
3915 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3916 @item @b{old-pre_resume}
3917 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3918 @end ignore
3919 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
3920 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3921 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
3922 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
3923 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
3924 @item @b{reset-assert}
3925 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3926 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
3927 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
3928 it instead of asserting SRST.
3929 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
3930 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
3931 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
3932 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
3933 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3934 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
3935 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
3936 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
3937 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3938 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
3939 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
3940 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3941 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
3942 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
3943 released on the scan chain.
3944 @item @b{reset-end}
3945 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
3946 @ignore
3947 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
3948 @* Currently not used
3949 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
3950 @* Currently not used
3951 @end ignore
3952 @item @b{reset-init}
3953 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
3954 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
3955
3956 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
3957 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
3958 multiplexing, and so on.
3959 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
3960 the target clocks are fully set up.)
3961 @item @b{reset-start}
3962 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3963 before @command{reset_init} is called.
3964
3965 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
3966 or @command{adapter_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
3967 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
3968 @ignore
3969 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
3970 @* Currently not used
3971 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
3972 @* Currently not used
3973 @end ignore
3974 @item @b{resume-start}
3975 @* Before any target is resumed
3976 @item @b{resume-end}
3977 @* After all targets have resumed
3978 @item @b{resume-ok}
3979 @* Success
3980 @item @b{resumed}
3981 @* Target has resumed
3982 @end itemize
3983
3984
3985 @node Flash Commands
3986 @chapter Flash Commands
3987
3988 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
3989 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
3990 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
3991 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
3992 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
3993 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
3994 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
3995 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
3996 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
3997
3998 Flash Steps:
3999 @enumerate
4000 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
4001 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4002 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
4003 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
4004 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4005 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
4006 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
4007 @item GDB Flashing
4008 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
4009 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
4010 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
4011 @end enumerate
4012
4013 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
4014 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
4015 so that it can't boot.
4016 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
4017 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
4018
4019 @anchor{NOR Configuration}
4020 @section Flash Configuration Commands
4021 @cindex flash configuration
4022
4023 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
4024 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
4025 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
4026 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
4027 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
4028 see the driver-specific documentation.
4029
4030 @itemize @bullet
4031 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
4032 in other flash commands. A number is also available.
4033 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
4034 associated with the flash bank being declared.
4035 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
4036 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
4037 @xref{Flash Driver List}.
4038 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
4039 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
4040 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
4041 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
4042 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4043 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
4044 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4045 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
4046 commands to the flash controller.
4047 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4048 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
4049 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
4050 for more information.
4051 @end itemize
4052 @quotation Note
4053 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
4054 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
4055 @end quotation
4056 @end deffn
4057
4058 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
4059 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
4060 @deffn Command {flash banks}
4061 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
4062 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4063 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
4064 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
4065 @end deffn
4066
4067 @deffn Command {flash list}
4068 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
4069 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4070 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
4071 @end deffn
4072
4073 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
4074 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
4075 depends on the flash type.
4076 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4077 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
4078 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
4079 but most don't bother.
4080 @end deffn
4081
4082 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
4083 @cindex flash erasing
4084 @cindex flash reading
4085 @cindex flash writing
4086 @cindex flash programming
4087
4088 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
4089 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
4090 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
4091 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
4092 @xref{Memory access}, and @ref{Image access}.
4093
4094 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
4095 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
4096 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
4097 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
4098 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
4099
4100 @quotation Note
4101 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
4102 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
4103 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
4104 back to a flash bank.
4105 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
4106 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
4107 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
4108 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
4109 Avoid confusing the two command models.
4110 @end quotation
4111
4112 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
4113 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
4114 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
4115 disabled first.
4116 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
4117 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
4118 @xref{flash protect}.
4119
4120 @anchor{flash erase_sector}
4121 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
4122 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4123 up to and including @var{last}.
4124 Sector numbering starts at 0.
4125 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4126 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4127 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4128 @end deffn
4129
4130 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} [@option{pad}] [@option{unlock}] address length
4131 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
4132 Unless @option{pad} is specified, @math{address} must begin a
4133 flash sector, and @math{address + length - 1} must end a sector.
4134 Specifying @option{pad} erases extra data at the beginning and/or
4135 end of the specified region, as needed to erase only full sectors.
4136 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
4137 the specified length must stay within that bank.
4138 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
4139 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
4140 If @option{unlock} is specified, then the flash is unprotected
4141 before erase starts.
4142 @end deffn
4143
4144 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
4145 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
4146 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
4147 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4148 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4149 starting at @var{address} and continuing
4150 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
4151 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
4152 before issuing this command.
4153 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
4154 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
4155 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
4156 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
4157 @end deffn
4158 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
4159
4160 @anchor{flash write_bank}
4161 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
4162 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
4163 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4164 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4165 @end deffn
4166
4167 @anchor{flash write_image}
4168 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
4169 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
4170 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
4171 to the base address for each section in the image.
4172 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
4173 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
4174 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
4175 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
4176 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
4177 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
4178 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
4179 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the address of
4180 each image section.
4181
4182 @quotation Warning
4183 Be careful using the @option{erase} flag when the flash is holding
4184 data you want to preserve.
4185 Portions of the flash outside those described in the image's
4186 sections might be erased with no notice.
4187 @itemize
4188 @item
4189 When a section of the image being written does not fill out all the
4190 sectors it uses, the unwritten parts of those sectors are necessarily
4191 also erased, because sectors can't be partially erased.
4192 @item
4193 Data stored in sector "holes" between image sections are also affected.
4194 For example, "@command{flash write_image erase ...}" of an image with
4195 one byte at the beginning of a flash bank and one byte at the end
4196 erases the entire bank -- not just the two sectors being written.
4197 @end itemize
4198 Also, when flash protection is important, you must re-apply it after
4199 it has been removed by the @option{unlock} flag.
4200 @end quotation
4201
4202 @end deffn
4203
4204 @section Other Flash commands
4205 @cindex flash protection
4206
4207 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
4208 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
4209 and display that status.
4210 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4211 @end deffn
4212
4213 @deffn Command {flash info} num
4214 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
4215 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4216 This command will first query the hardware, it does not print cached
4217 and possibly stale information.
4218 @end deffn
4219
4220 @anchor{flash protect}
4221 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
4222 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
4223 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4224 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
4225 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4226 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4227 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4228 @end deffn
4229
4230 @anchor{Flash Driver List}
4231 @section Flash Driver List
4232 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
4233 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
4234 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
4235
4236 @subsection External Flash
4237
4238 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
4239 @cindex Common Flash Interface
4240 @cindex CFI
4241 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
4242 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
4243 specific external chip select on the CPU.
4244 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
4245 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
4246 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
4247 configure a bus and its timings), or
4248 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
4249 on the flash chip.
4250 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
4251 speed up operation.
4252
4253 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
4254
4255 @itemize
4256 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
4257 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
4258 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
4259 @end itemize
4260
4261 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
4262 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
4263
4264 @example
4265 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4266 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4267 @end example
4268
4269 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
4270 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
4271 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
4272
4273 @example
4274 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
4275 @end example
4276
4277 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
4278 @end deffn
4279
4280 @deffn {Flash Driver} stmsmi
4281 @cindex STMicroelectronics Serial Memory Interface
4282 @cindex SMI
4283 @cindex stmsmi
4284 Some devices form STMicroelectronics (e.g. STR75x MCU family,
4285 SPEAr MPU family) include a proprietary
4286 ``Serial Memory Interface'' (SMI) controller able to drive external
4287 SPI flash devices.
4288 Depending on specific device and board configuration, up to 4 external
4289 flash devices can be connected.
4290
4291 SMI makes the flash content directly accessible in the CPU address
4292 space; each external device is mapped in a memory bank.
4293 CPU can directly read data, execute code and boot from SMI banks.
4294 Normal OpenOCD commands like @command{mdw} can be used to display
4295 the flash content.
4296
4297 The setup command only requires the @var{base} parameter in order
4298 to identify the memory bank.
4299 All other parameters are ignored. Additional information, like
4300 flash size, are detected automatically.
4301
4302 @example
4303 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stmsmi 0xf8000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4304 @end example
4305
4306 @end deffn
4307
4308 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
4309
4310 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
4311 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
4312 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4313 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
4314 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
4315 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
4316
4317 @example
4318 flash bank $_FLASHNAME aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4319 @end example
4320 @end deffn
4321
4322 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
4323 @cindex at91sam3
4324 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
4325 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
4326 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
4327 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
4328 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
4329 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
4330 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
4331 chips are confirmed.}
4332
4333 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
4334 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
4335 the following fixed locations:
4336
4337 @example
4338 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
4339 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4340 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
4341 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4342 @end example
4343
4344 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
4345 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
4346 to the @command{flash bank} command:
4347
4348 @itemize
4349 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
4350 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
4351 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
4352 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
4353 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
4354 @end itemize
4355
4356 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
4357
4358 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
4359 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
4360 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
4361 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
4362 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
4363 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
4364 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
4365
4366 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
4367 modifies that GPNVM bit.
4368 @end deffn
4369
4370 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
4371 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
4372 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
4373 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
4374 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
4375 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
4376 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
4377 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
4378 @end deffn
4379
4380 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
4381 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
4382 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
4383 @end deffn
4384 @end deffn
4385
4386 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
4387 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
4388 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
4389 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
4390 register, and autoconfigures itself.
4391
4392 @example
4393 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4394 @end example
4395
4396 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
4397 provide additional parameters in the following order:
4398
4399 @itemize
4400 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
4401 @item @var{banks}
4402 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
4403 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
4404 @item @var{pages_size}
4405 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
4406 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
4407 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
4408 @end itemize
4409
4410 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
4411 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
4412 will be autoconfigured.
4413 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
4414
4415 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
4416 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
4417 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
4418 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
4419 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
4420
4421 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
4422 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatile Memory'' (GPNVM)
4423 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
4424 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
4425 are not truly general purpose).
4426 @quotation Note
4427 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
4428 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
4429 @end quotation
4430 @end deffn
4431 @end deffn
4432
4433 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
4434 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
4435 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4436 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4437 @end deffn
4438
4439 @deffn {Flash Driver} ecosflash
4440 @emph{No idea what this is...}
4441 The @var{ecosflash} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4442 the name of a modules of target code which is downloaded
4443 and executed.
4444 @end deffn
4445
4446 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
4447 Most members of the LPC1700 and LPC2000 microcontroller families from NXP
4448 include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
4449
4450 @quotation Note
4451 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
4452 driver:
4453 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
4454 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
4455 @end quotation
4456
4457 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
4458 which must appear in the following order:
4459
4460 @itemize
4461 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
4462 @option{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
4463 @option{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
4464 or @option{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
4465 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
4466 at which the core is running
4467 @item @option{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
4468 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
4469 @quotation Note
4470 If you don't provide @option{calc_checksum} when you're writing the vector
4471 table, the boot ROM will almost certainly ignore your flash image.
4472 However, if you do provide it,
4473 with most tool chains @command{verify_image} will fail.
4474 @end quotation
4475 @end itemize
4476
4477 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4478
4479 @example
4480 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
4481 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
4482 @end example
4483
4484 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
4485 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
4486 the specified flash @var{bank}.
4487 @end deffn
4488 @end deffn
4489
4490 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
4491 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
4492 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
4493 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4494 the programming clock rate in Hz.
4495 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4496
4497 @example
4498 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
4499 @end example
4500 @end deffn
4501
4502 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
4503 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
4504 from NXP.
4505
4506 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
4507 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
4508 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
4509 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
4510 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
4511 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
4512 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
4513 you start the PLL.
4514
4515 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
4516
4517 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
4518 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
4519 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
4520
4521 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
4522 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
4523 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
4524 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
4525 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
4526 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
4527 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
4528
4529 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
4530 @example
4531 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
4532 @end example
4533
4534 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
4535 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
4536 @code{flash banks} command.
4537
4538 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
4539 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
4540 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
4541 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
4542 a known signature.
4543 Example:
4544 @example
4545 lpc2900 signature 0
4546 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
4547 @end example
4548 @end deffn
4549
4550 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
4551 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
4552 saves it to a file in binary format.
4553 Example:
4554 @example
4555 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
4556 @end example
4557 @end deffn
4558
4559 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
4560 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
4561 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
4562 command:
4563
4564 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
4565 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
4566 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
4567 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
4568
4569 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
4570 Example:
4571 @example
4572 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
4573 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
4574 @end example
4575 @end deffn
4576
4577 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
4578 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
4579 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
4580 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
4581 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
4582 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
4583 912 bytes.
4584 @quotation Attention
4585 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4586 @end quotation
4587 Example:
4588 @example
4589 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
4590 @end example
4591 @end deffn
4592
4593 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
4594 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
4595 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
4596 after the next power cycle.
4597 @quotation Attention
4598 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4599 @end quotation
4600 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
4601 Example:
4602 @example
4603 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
4604 flash info 0
4605 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
4606 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4607 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
4608 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4609 @end example
4610 @end deffn
4611
4612 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
4613 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
4614 effective after the next power cycle.
4615 @quotation Attention
4616 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4617 @end quotation
4618 Examples:
4619 @example
4620 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
4621 @end example
4622 @end deffn
4623 @end deffn
4624
4625 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
4626 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
4627
4628 @example
4629 flash bank $_FLASHNAME ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4630 @end example
4631 @end deffn
4632
4633 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
4634 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
4635 and integrate flash memory.
4636
4637 @example
4638 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4639 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1d000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4640 @end example
4641
4642 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
4643 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4644 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
4645 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
4646 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
4647 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
4648 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
4649 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
4650 @end deffn
4651 @deffn Command {pic32mx unlock} bank
4652 Unlock and erase specified chip @var{bank}.
4653 This will remove any Code Protection.
4654 @end deffn
4655 @end deffn
4656
4657 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
4658 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
4659 Texas Instruments
4660 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4661 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4662 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4663 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
4664 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4665 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4666
4667 @example
4668 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4669 @end example
4670 @end deffn
4671
4672 @deffn Command {stellaris recover bank_id}
4673 Performs the @emph{Recovering a "Locked" Device} procedure to
4674 restore the flash specified by @var{bank_id} and its associated
4675 nonvolatile registers to their factory default values (erased).
4676 This is the only way to remove flash protection or re-enable
4677 debugging if that capability has been disabled.
4678
4679 Note that the final "power cycle the chip" step in this procedure
4680 must be performed by hand, since OpenOCD can't do it.
4681 @quotation Warning
4682 if more than one Stellaris chip is connected, the procedure is
4683 applied to all of them.
4684 @end quotation
4685 @end deffn
4686
4687 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32x
4688 All members of the STM32 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4689 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4690 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4691 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4692
4693 @example
4694 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4695 @end example
4696
4697 Some stm32x-specific commands
4698 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32x mass_erase} command.
4699 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4700 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4701 are defined:
4702
4703 @deffn Command {stm32x lock} num
4704 Locks the entire stm32 device.
4705 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4706 @end deffn
4707
4708 @deffn Command {stm32x unlock} num
4709 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
4710 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4711 @end deffn
4712
4713 @deffn Command {stm32x options_read} num
4714 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
4715 the @command{stm32x options_write} command.
4716 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4717 @end deffn
4718
4719 @deffn Command {stm32x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
4720 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
4721 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4722 @end deffn
4723 @end deffn
4724
4725 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
4726 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4727 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4728 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
4729 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
4730
4731 @example
4732 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
4733 @end example
4734
4735 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
4736 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
4737 for the specified flash bank.
4738 @end deffn
4739 @end deffn
4740
4741 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
4742 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4743 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
4744 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
4745 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
4746
4747 @example
4748 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4749 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
4750 @end example
4751
4752 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
4753 Configures the str9 flash controller.
4754 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4755
4756 @itemize @bullet
4757 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
4758 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
4759 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4760 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4761 @end itemize
4762 @end deffn
4763
4764 @end deffn
4765
4766 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
4767 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
4768 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4769 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4770
4771 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
4772
4773 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
4774 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
4775 @end deffn
4776
4777 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
4778 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
4779 @end deffn
4780
4781 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
4782 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
4783 the flash clock.
4784 @end deffn
4785 @end deffn
4786
4787 @deffn {Flash Driver} virtual
4788 This is a special driver that maps a previously defined bank to another
4789 address. All bank settings will be copied from the master physical bank.
4790
4791 The @var{virtual} driver defines one mandatory parameters,
4792
4793 @itemize
4794 @item @var{master_bank} The bank that this virtual address refers to.
4795 @end itemize
4796
4797 So in the following example addresses 0xbfc00000 and 0x9fc00000 refer to
4798 the flash bank defined at address 0x1fc00000. Any cmds executed on
4799 the virtual banks are actually performed on the physical banks.
4800 @example
4801 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pic32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4802 flash bank vbank0 virtual 0xbfc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
4803 flash bank vbank1 virtual 0x9fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
4804 @end example
4805 @end deffn
4806
4807 @subsection str9xpec driver
4808 @cindex str9xpec
4809
4810 Here is some background info to help
4811 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
4812 the str9:
4813 @enumerate
4814 @item
4815 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
4816 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
4817 @item
4818 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
4819 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
4820 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
4821 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
4822 @end enumerate
4823
4824 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
4825 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
4826 configured for flash bank 0.
4827 @example
4828 # assert srst, we do not want core running
4829 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
4830 jtag_reset 0 1
4831 # turn off target polling
4832 poll off
4833 # disable str9 core
4834 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
4835 # read option bytes
4836 str9xpec options_read 0
4837 # re-enable str9 core
4838 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
4839 poll on
4840 reset halt
4841 @end example
4842 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
4843 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
4844 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
4845 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
4846
4847 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
4848 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
4849 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
4850 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
4851 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
4852
4853 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
4854
4855 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
4856 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
4857 @end deffn
4858
4859 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
4860 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
4861 directly to the embedded flash controller.
4862 @end deffn
4863
4864 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
4865 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
4866 erase the device.
4867 @end deffn
4868
4869 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
4870 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
4871 @end deffn
4872
4873 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
4874 Configure str9 boot bank.
4875 @end deffn
4876
4877 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4878 Configure str9 lvd source.
4879 @end deffn
4880
4881 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
4882 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
4883 @end deffn
4884
4885 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4886 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
4887 @end deffn
4888
4889 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
4890 Read str9 option bytes.
4891 @end deffn
4892
4893 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
4894 Write str9 option bytes.
4895 @end deffn
4896
4897 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
4898 unlock str9 device.
4899 @end deffn
4900
4901 @end deffn
4902
4903
4904 @section mFlash
4905
4906 @subsection mFlash Configuration
4907 @cindex mFlash Configuration
4908
4909 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
4910 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
4911 address @var{base}.
4912 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
4913 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
4914
4915 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
4916
4917 @example
4918 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
4919 @end example
4920
4921 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
4922
4923 @example
4924 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
4925 @end example
4926 @end deffn
4927
4928 @subsection mFlash commands
4929 @cindex mFlash commands
4930
4931 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
4932 Configure mflash PLL.
4933 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
4934 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
4935 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
4936 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
4937 @end deffn
4938
4939 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
4940 Configure bootable option.
4941 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
4942 (4kB) for boot.
4943 @end deffn
4944
4945 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
4946 Configure storage information.
4947 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
4948 written.
4949 @end deffn
4950
4951 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
4952 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
4953 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
4954 @end deffn
4955
4956 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
4957 Probe mflash.
4958 @end deffn
4959
4960 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
4961 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
4962 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4963 @end deffn
4964
4965 @node NAND Flash Commands
4966 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
4967 @cindex NAND
4968
4969 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
4970 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
4971 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
4972
4973 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
4974 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
4975 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
4976 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
4977 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
4978 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
4979
4980 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
4981 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
4982 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
4983 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
4984 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
4985 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
4986 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
4987 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
4988 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
4989 with techniques such as wear leveling.
4990
4991 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
4992 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
4993 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
4994 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
4995 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
4996 every 512 bytes of data.
4997
4998 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
4999 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
5000 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
5001 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
5002 ECC mode is used.
5003
5004 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
5005 @enumerate
5006 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
5007 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
5008 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
5009 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
5010 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
5011 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
5012 to access that device.
5013 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
5014 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
5015 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
5016 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
5017 de-brick a board.
5018 @end enumerate
5019
5020 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
5021 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
5022 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
5023 are only 32 bits wide.
5024 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
5025 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
5026 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
5027 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
5028
5029 @anchor{NAND Configuration}
5030 @section NAND Configuration Commands
5031 @cindex NAND configuration
5032
5033 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
5034 plus some additional configuration that's done after
5035 OpenOCD has initialized.
5036
5037 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name driver target [configparams...]
5038 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
5039 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
5040 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
5041 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
5042 they were a single (larger) device.
5043 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
5044 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
5045
5046 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
5047 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
5048 configuration files, not interactively.
5049
5050 @itemize @bullet
5051 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
5052 in most other NAND commands. A number is also available.
5053 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the NAND controller driver
5054 associated with the NAND device being declared.
5055 @xref{NAND Driver List}.
5056 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
5057 commands to the NAND controller.
5058 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
5059 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
5060 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
5061 for more information.
5062 @end itemize
5063 @end deffn
5064
5065 @deffn Command {nand list}
5066 Prints a summary of each device declared
5067 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
5068 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
5069 @example
5070 > nand list
5071 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5072 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5073 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5074 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5075 >
5076 @end example
5077 @end deffn
5078
5079 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
5080 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
5081 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
5082 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5083 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
5084 it with most other NAND commands.
5085 @end deffn
5086
5087 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
5088
5089 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
5090 @cindex NAND reading
5091 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
5092 starting at the specified offset.
5093 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5094
5095 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5096 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5097
5098 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
5099 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
5100 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
5101
5102 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
5103 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
5104 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
5105 method which handled that error correction.
5106
5107 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
5108 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
5109 @itemize @bullet
5110 @item no oob_* parameter
5111 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
5112 @item @code{oob_raw}
5113 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
5114 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
5115 spare areas associated with each data page.
5116 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
5117 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
5118 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
5119 @item @code{oob_only}
5120 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
5121 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
5122 spare areas associated with each data page.
5123 @end itemize
5124 @end deffn
5125
5126 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
5127 @cindex NAND erasing
5128 @cindex NAND programming
5129 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
5130 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
5131 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5132 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5133 If those parameters are not specified,
5134 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
5135 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5136
5137 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
5138 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
5139 block marker.
5140 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
5141 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
5142 @end deffn
5143
5144 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
5145 @cindex NAND writing
5146 @cindex NAND programming
5147 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
5148 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
5149 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
5150 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5151
5152 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5153 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5154
5155 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5156 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
5157 past the end of the device.
5158 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
5159 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
5160 if that's being written.)
5161
5162 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
5163 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
5164 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
5165
5166 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
5167 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
5168 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
5169 @itemize @bullet
5170 @item no oob_* parameter
5171 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5172 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
5173 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5174 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
5175 with hardware-computed ECC data.
5176 @item @code{oob_only}
5177 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
5178 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
5179 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
5180 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
5181 @item @code{oob_raw}
5182 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
5183 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
5184 un-altered OOB.
5185 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5186 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
5187 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
5188 @item @code{oob_softecc}
5189 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5190 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
5191 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
5192 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5193 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5194 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
5195 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5196 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
5197 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
5198 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5199 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5200 @end itemize
5201 @end deffn
5202
5203 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
5204 @cindex NAND verification
5205 @cindex NAND programming
5206 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
5207 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
5208 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5209
5210 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5211 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5212
5213 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5214 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
5215 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
5216 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
5217 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
5218
5219 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
5220 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
5221 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
5222
5223 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
5224 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
5225 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
5226 be removed in a future release.
5227 @end deffn
5228
5229 @section Other NAND commands
5230 @cindex NAND other commands
5231
5232 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} num [offset length]
5233 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
5234 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
5235 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
5236 continues for @var{length} bytes.
5237 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5238 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5239 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5240
5241 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
5242 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
5243 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
5244 @end deffn
5245
5246 @deffn Command {nand info} num
5247 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5248 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
5249 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
5250 status for each block.
5251 @end deffn
5252
5253 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5254 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
5255 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5256
5257 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
5258 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
5259 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
5260 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
5261 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
5262
5263 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
5264 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
5265 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
5266 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
5267 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
5268 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
5269 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
5270 @end deffn
5271
5272 @anchor{NAND Driver List}
5273 @section NAND Driver List
5274 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
5275 driver-specific options and behaviors.
5276 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
5277
5278 @deffn {NAND Driver} at91sam9
5279 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on AT91SAM9 family chips from
5280 Atmel. It takes two extra parameters: address of the NAND chip;
5281 address of the ECC controller.
5282 @example
5283 nand device $NANDFLASH at91sam9 $CHIPNAME 0x40000000 0xfffffe800
5284 @end example
5285 AT91SAM9 chips support single-bit ECC hardware. The @code{write_page} and
5286 @code{read_page} methods are used to utilize the ECC hardware unless they are
5287 disabled by using the @command{nand raw_access} command. There are four
5288 additional commands that are needed to fully configure the AT91SAM9 NAND
5289 controller. Two are optional; most boards use the same wiring for ALE/CLE:
5290 @deffn Command {at91sam9 cle} num addr_line
5291 Configure the address line used for latching commands. The @var{num}
5292 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5293 @end deffn
5294 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ale} num addr_line
5295 Configure the address line used for latching addresses. The @var{num}
5296 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5297 @end deffn
5298
5299 For the next two commands, it is assumed that the pins have already been
5300 properly configured for input or output.
5301 @deffn Command {at91sam9 rdy_busy} num pio_base_addr pin
5302 Configure the RDY/nBUSY input from the NAND device. The @var{num}
5303 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5304 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5305 @end deffn
5306 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ce} num pio_base_addr pin
5307 Configure the chip enable input to the NAND device. The @var{num}
5308 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5309 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5310 @end deffn
5311 @end deffn
5312
5313 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
5314 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
5315 chips from Texas Instruments.
5316 It takes three extra parameters:
5317 address of the NAND chip;
5318 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
5319 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
5320 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
5321 @example
5322 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
5323 @end example
5324 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
5325 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
5326 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
5327 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
5328 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
5329 @end deffn
5330
5331 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
5332 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5333 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
5334 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
5335 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
5336 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
5337 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5338 @end deffn
5339
5340 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
5341 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
5342 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
5343 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
5344 @end deffn
5345 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
5346
5347 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
5348 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5349 parameter: the address of the controller.
5350 @example
5351 nand device orion 0xd8000000
5352 @end example
5353 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
5354 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5355 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5356 change any behavior.
5357 @end deffn
5358
5359 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
5360 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
5361 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
5362 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
5363 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c6400
5364 These S3C family controllers don't have any special
5365 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
5366 specialized commands.
5367 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5368 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5369 change any behavior.
5370 @end deffn
5371
5372 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
5373 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
5374 @cindex PLD
5375 @cindex FPGA
5376
5377 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
5378 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
5379 OpenOCD can support programming them.
5380 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
5381 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
5382 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
5383 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
5384
5385 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
5386
5387 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
5388 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
5389 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
5390
5391 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
5392 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
5393
5394 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
5395 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
5396 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
5397 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
5398 behavior.
5399 @end deffn
5400
5401 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
5402 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
5403 @end deffn
5404
5405 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
5406 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
5407 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
5408 @end deffn
5409
5410 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
5411
5412 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
5413 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
5414 that particular type of PLD.
5415
5416 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
5417 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
5418 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
5419 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
5420 and one driver-specific command is defined.
5421
5422 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
5423 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
5424 for FPGA @var{num}.
5425 @end deffn
5426 @end deffn
5427
5428 @node General Commands
5429 @chapter General Commands
5430 @cindex commands
5431
5432 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
5433 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
5434 commands are documented elsewhere.
5435
5436 Intent:
5437 @itemize @bullet
5438 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
5439 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
5440 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
5441 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
5442
5443 @item @b{From the human}
5444 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
5445 or via GDB (default port 3333).
5446
5447 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
5448 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
5449 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
5450
5451 @item @b{Machine Interface}
5452 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
5453 port is 5555.
5454 @end itemize
5455
5456
5457 @section Daemon Commands
5458
5459 @deffn {Command} exit
5460 Exits the current telnet session.
5461 @end deffn
5462
5463 @deffn {Command} help [string]
5464 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
5465 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
5466 Not every command provides helptext.
5467
5468 Configuration commands, and commands valid at any time, are
5469 explicitly noted in parenthesis.
5470 In most cases, no such restriction is listed; this indicates commands
5471 which are only available after the configuration stage has completed.
5472 @end deffn
5473
5474 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
5475 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
5476 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
5477 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
5478 Useful in connection with script files
5479 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
5480 @end deffn
5481
5482 @deffn Command shutdown
5483 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
5484 @end deffn
5485
5486 @anchor{debug_level}
5487 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
5488 @cindex message level
5489 Display debug level.
5490 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
5491 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
5492 Level 0 is error messages only;
5493 level 1 adds warnings;
5494 level 2 adds informational messages;
5495 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
5496 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
5497 the command line along with the location of that log
5498 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
5499 @xref{Running}.
5500 @end deffn
5501
5502 @deffn Command echo [-n] message
5503 Logs a message at "user" priority.
5504 Output @var{message} to stdout.
5505 Option "-n" suppresses trailing newline.
5506 @example
5507 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
5508 @end example
5509 @end deffn
5510
5511 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
5512 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
5513 the initial log output channel is stderr.
5514 @end deffn
5515
5516 @deffn Command add_script_search_dir [directory]
5517 Add @var{directory} to the file/script search path.
5518 @end deffn
5519
5520 @anchor{Target State handling}
5521 @section Target State handling
5522 @cindex reset
5523 @cindex halt
5524 @cindex target initialization
5525
5526 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
5527 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
5528 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
5529 a current target which is used to perform the
5530 various operations. The current target may be changed
5531 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
5532 target which should become current.
5533
5534 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
5535 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
5536 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
5537 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
5538 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
5539
5540 @emph{With no arguments}:
5541 list all available registers for the current target,
5542 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
5543 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
5544 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
5545 are flagged as such.
5546
5547 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
5548
5549 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
5550 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
5551 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
5552 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
5553 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
5554 relevant module will flush such values.
5555
5556 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
5557 Debug and trace infrastructure:
5558
5559 @example
5560 > reg
5561 ===== ARM registers
5562 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
5563 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
5564 (2) r2 (/32)
5565 ...
5566 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
5567 >
5568 @end example
5569 @end deffn
5570
5571 @deffn Command halt [ms]
5572 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
5573 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
5574 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
5575 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
5576 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
5577 (and enter debug mode).
5578 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
5579
5580 @quotation Warning
5581 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
5582 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
5583 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
5584 power mode by gating the core clock;
5585 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
5586
5587 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
5588 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
5589 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
5590 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
5591 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
5592 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
5593
5594 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
5595 work with a JTAG debugger.
5596 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
5597 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
5598 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
5599 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
5600 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
5601 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
5602 @end quotation
5603
5604 @end deffn
5605
5606 @deffn Command resume [address]
5607 Resume the target at its current code position,
5608 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5609 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
5610 @end deffn
5611
5612 @deffn Command step [address]
5613 Single-step the target at its current code position,
5614 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5615 @end deffn
5616
5617 @anchor{Reset Command}
5618 @deffn Command reset
5619 @deffnx Command {reset run}
5620 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
5621 @deffnx Command {reset init}
5622 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
5623 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
5624 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
5625
5626 The optional parameter specifies what should
5627 happen after the reset.
5628 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
5629 The other options will not work on all systems.
5630 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
5631
5632 @itemize @minus
5633 @item @b{run} Let the target run
5634 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
5635 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
5636 @end itemize
5637 @end deffn
5638
5639 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
5640 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
5641 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
5642 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
5643 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
5644 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
5645 state.
5646 @end deffn
5647
5648 @section I/O Utilities
5649
5650 These commands are available when
5651 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
5652 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
5653 notably the ZY1000.
5654 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
5655
5656 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
5657
5658 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
5659 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
5660 the text file @file{filename}.
5661 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
5662 The last string is followed by a newline.
5663 @end deffn
5664
5665 @deffn Command cat filename
5666 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
5667 @end deffn
5668
5669 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
5670 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
5671 into @file{dest_filename}.
5672 @end deffn
5673
5674 @deffn Command ip
5675 @emph{No description provided.}
5676 @end deffn
5677
5678 @deffn Command ls
5679 @emph{No description provided.}
5680 @end deffn
5681
5682 @deffn Command mac
5683 @emph{No description provided.}
5684 @end deffn
5685
5686 @deffn Command meminfo
5687 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
5688 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
5689 @end deffn
5690
5691 @deffn Command peek
5692 @emph{No description provided.}
5693 @end deffn
5694
5695 @deffn Command poke
5696 @emph{No description provided.}
5697 @end deffn
5698
5699 @deffn Command rm filename
5700 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
5701 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
5702 @end deffn
5703
5704 @deffn Command trunc filename
5705 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
5706 @end deffn
5707
5708 @anchor{Memory access}
5709 @section Memory access commands
5710 @cindex memory access
5711
5712 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
5713 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
5714 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
5715 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
5716
5717 @enumerate
5718 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
5719 to change the current target.
5720 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
5721 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
5722 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
5723 @end enumerate
5724
5725 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
5726 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
5727 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
5728 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
5729 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
5730 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
5731 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5732 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5733 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5734 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5735 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
5736 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
5737 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
5738 @end deffn
5739
5740 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
5741 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
5742 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
5743 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
5744 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
5745 at the specified address @var{addr}.
5746 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5747 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5748 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5749 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5750 @end deffn
5751
5752
5753 @anchor{Image access}
5754 @section Image loading commands
5755 @cindex image loading
5756 @cindex image dumping
5757
5758 @anchor{dump_image}
5759 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
5760 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
5761 binary file named @var{filename}.
5762 @end deffn
5763
5764 @deffn Command {fast_load}
5765 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
5766 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
5767 @end deffn
5768
5769 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5770 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
5771 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
5772 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
5773 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
5774 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
5775 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
5776 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
5777 separately.
5778 @end deffn
5779
5780 @anchor{load_image}
5781 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [[@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}] @option{min_addr} @option{max_length}]
5782 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory offset by @var{address} from its load address.
5783 The file format may optionally be specified
5784 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf}).
5785 In addition the following arguments may be specifed:
5786 @var{min_addr} - ignore data below @var{min_addr} (this is w.r.t. to the target's load address + @var{address})
5787 @var{max_length} - maximum number of bytes to load.
5788 @example
5789 proc load_image_bin @{fname foffset address length @} @{
5790 # Load data from fname filename at foffset offset to
5791 # target at address. Load at most length bytes.
5792 load_image $fname [expr $address - $foffset] bin $address $length
5793 @}
5794 @end example
5795 @end deffn
5796
5797 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
5798 Displays image section sizes and addresses
5799 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
5800 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
5801 The file format may optionally be specified
5802 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5803 @end deffn
5804
5805 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5806 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
5807 The file format may optionally be specified
5808 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5809 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
5810 @end deffn
5811
5812
5813 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
5814 @cindex breakpoint
5815 @cindex watchpoint
5816
5817 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
5818 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
5819 watchpoints.
5820 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
5821
5822 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
5823 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
5824 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
5825 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5826 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
5827 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
5828
5829 (@xref{arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscale vector_catch},
5830 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
5831 @end deffn
5832
5833 @deffn Command {rbp} address
5834 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
5835 @end deffn
5836
5837 @deffn Command {rwp} address
5838 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
5839 @end deffn
5840
5841 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
5842 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
5843 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5844 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
5845 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
5846 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
5847 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
5848 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
5849 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
5850 @end deffn
5851
5852 @section Misc Commands
5853
5854 @cindex profiling
5855 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
5856 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
5857 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
5858 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
5859 @end deffn
5860
5861 @deffn Command {version}
5862 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
5863 @end deffn
5864
5865 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
5866 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
5867 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
5868 @end deffn
5869
5870 @node Architecture and Core Commands
5871 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
5872 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
5873 @cindex Core Specific Commands
5874
5875 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
5876 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
5877 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
5878 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
5879
5880 @anchor{ARM Hardware Tracing}
5881 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
5882 @cindex tracing
5883 @cindex ETM
5884 @cindex ETB
5885
5886 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
5887 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
5888 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
5889
5890 @itemize
5891 @item
5892 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
5893 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
5894 supports such an interface.
5895 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
5896 and trace port support.)
5897 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
5898 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
5899 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
5900 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
5901 in the board-specific configuration file.
5902 @item
5903 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
5904 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
5905 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
5906 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
5907 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
5908 @end itemize
5909
5910 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
5911
5912 @quotation Issues
5913 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
5914 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
5915
5916 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
5917 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
5918 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
5919 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
5920 dummy trace port driver}.
5921
5922 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
5923 as well as tracing only during specific states
5924 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
5925
5926 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
5927 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
5928 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
5929 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
5930 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
5931
5932 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
5933 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
5934 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
5935 this original style of JTAG access.
5936 @end quotation
5937
5938 @subsection ETM Configuration
5939 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
5940
5941 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
5942 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
5943 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{Trace Port Drivers}.
5944
5945 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
5946 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
5947 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
5948 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
5949 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
5950 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
5951 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
5952 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
5953 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
5954
5955 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
5956 or @option{demultiplexed}.
5957 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
5958
5959 @quotation Warning
5960 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
5961 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
5962 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
5963 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
5964 @end quotation
5965
5966 @quotation Note
5967 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
5968 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
5969 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
5970 what CPU activities are traced.
5971 @end quotation
5972 @end deffn
5973
5974 @deffn Command {etm info}
5975 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
5976 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
5977 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
5978 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
5979 @end deffn
5980
5981 @deffn Command {etm status}
5982 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
5983 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
5984 Did trace data overflow?
5985 Was it triggered?
5986 @end deffn
5987
5988 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
5989 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
5990 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
5991 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
5992 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
5993
5994 @itemize
5995 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
5996 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
5997 The value is one of
5998 @option{none} (save nothing),
5999 @option{data} (save data),
6000 @option{address} (save addresses),
6001 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
6002 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
6003 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
6004 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
6005 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
6006 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
6007 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
6008 trace stream without an image of the code.
6009 @end itemize
6010 @end deffn
6011
6012 @deffn Command {etm trigger_debug} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6013 Displays whether ETM triggering debug entry (like a breakpoint) is
6014 enabled or disabled, after optionally modifying that configuration.
6015 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
6016 Any change takes effect after the next @command{etm start}.
6017
6018 By using script commands to configure ETM registers, you can make the
6019 processor enter debug state automatically when certain conditions,
6020 more complex than supported by the breakpoint hardware, happen.
6021 @end deffn
6022
6023 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
6024
6025 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
6026 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
6027 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
6028
6029 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
6030 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
6031 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
6032 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
6033 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
6034 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
6035 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
6036
6037 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
6038
6039 @itemize
6040 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
6041 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
6042 for instruction access within that function's body.
6043 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
6044 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
6045 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
6046 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
6047 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
6048 combining one of the above models with a counter.
6049 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
6050 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
6051 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
6052 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
6053 @item @emph{... more}
6054 @end itemize
6055
6056 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
6057 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
6058
6059 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
6060 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
6061 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
6062 @end deffn
6063
6064 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
6065 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
6066 @end deffn
6067
6068 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
6069 Opens an image file.
6070 @end deffn
6071
6072 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
6073 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
6074 @end deffn
6075
6076 @deffn Command {etm start}
6077 Starts trace data collection.
6078 @end deffn
6079
6080 @deffn Command {etm stop}
6081 Stops trace data collection.
6082 @end deffn
6083
6084 @anchor{Trace Port Drivers}
6085 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
6086
6087 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
6088
6089 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
6090 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6091 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
6092 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
6093 any trace data collection.}
6094 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
6095 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
6096 @end deffn
6097 @end deffn
6098
6099 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
6100 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
6101 to use on-chip ETB memory.
6102 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
6103 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
6104 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
6105 @end deffn
6106 @deffn Command {etb trigger_percent} [percent]
6107 This displays, or optionally changes, ETB behavior after the
6108 ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
6109 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
6110 trace trigger becomes active.
6111
6112 @itemize
6113 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
6114 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
6115 afterwards.
6116 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
6117 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
6118 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
6119 what caused that event to happen.
6120 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
6121 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
6122 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
6123 how the event caused trouble.
6124 @end itemize
6125 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
6126 @end deffn
6127
6128 @end deffn
6129
6130 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
6131 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
6132 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
6133 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
6134 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
6135
6136 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6137 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
6138
6139 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
6140 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
6141 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
6142 @end deffn
6143
6144 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
6145 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
6146 @end deffn
6147
6148 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
6149 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
6150 @end deffn
6151 @end deffn
6152
6153
6154 @section Generic ARM
6155 @cindex ARM
6156
6157 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
6158 They are available in addition to other core-specific
6159 commands that may be available.
6160
6161 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
6162 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
6163 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
6164 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
6165 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6166 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
6167 @end deffn
6168
6169 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
6170 @cindex disassemble
6171 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
6172 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
6173 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
6174 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
6175 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
6176 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6177 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
6178
6179 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
6180 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
6181 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
6182 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
6183 with a handful of exceptions.
6184 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
6185 @end deffn
6186
6187 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
6188 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
6189 passing parameters @var{CRn},
6190 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6191 and using the MCR instruction.
6192 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6193 an ARM register.)
6194 @end deffn
6195
6196 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
6197 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
6198 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6199 and the MRC instruction.
6200 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
6201 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6202 an ARM register.)
6203 @end deffn
6204
6205 @deffn Command {arm reg}
6206 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
6207 core mode if necessary.
6208 @end deffn
6209
6210 @deffn Command {arm semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6211 @cindex ARM semihosting
6212 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
6213
6214 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
6215 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
6216 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
6217 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
6218 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
6219 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
6220 @end deffn
6221
6222 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
6223 @cindex ARMv4
6224 @cindex ARMv5
6225
6226 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
6227 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
6228 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
6229 variant.
6230
6231 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
6232 @cindex ARM7
6233 @cindex ARM9
6234
6235 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
6236 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
6237 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
6238 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
6239
6240 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6241 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the
6242 the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
6243 instead of breakpoints.
6244 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6245
6246 This should be
6247 safe for all but ARM7TDMI-S cores (like NXP LPC).
6248 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
6249 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
6250 @end deffn
6251
6252 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6253 @cindex DCC
6254 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the debug communications
6255 channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte) amounts of memory.
6256 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6257
6258 DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
6259 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
6260 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
6261 @end deffn
6262
6263 @anchor{arm7_9 fast_memory_access}
6264 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6265 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of memory writes and reads
6266 that don't check completion of the operation.
6267 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6268
6269 This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
6270 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
6271 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
6272 @end deffn
6273
6274 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
6275 @cindex ARM720T
6276
6277 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
6278 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6279 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
6280 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
6281
6282 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} opcode [value]
6283 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6284 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6285
6286 Display cp15 register returned by the ARM instruction @var{opcode};
6287 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6288 The @var{opcode} should be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction.
6289 @end deffn
6290
6291 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
6292 @cindex ARM9
6293
6294 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
6295 integer processors.
6296 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
6297
6298 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
6299 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
6300 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
6301 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
6302
6303 @anchor{arm9 vector_catch}
6304 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6305 @cindex vector_catch
6306 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
6307 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
6308 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
6309 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
6310 to those hardware vectors.
6311
6312 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
6313 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
6314 vector catch hardware to intercept
6315 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
6316 @option{none} of them,
6317 or a list with one or more of the following:
6318 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
6319 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
6320 @end deffn
6321
6322 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
6323 @cindex ARM920T
6324
6325 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
6326 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6327 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
6328 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6329 and ARM9 commands.
6330
6331 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
6332 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
6333 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
6334 @end deffn
6335
6336 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
6337 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6338 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6339 This uses "physical access" and the register number is as
6340 shown in bits 38..33 of table 9-9 in the ARM920T TRM.
6341 (Not all registers can be written.)
6342 @end deffn
6343
6344 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
6345 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6346 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6347
6348 Interpreted access using ARM instruction @var{opcode}, which should
6349 be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction
6350 (as shown tables 9-11, 9-12, and 9-13 in the ARM920T TRM).
6351 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
6352 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
6353 or using zero if no other address is provided.
6354 @end deffn
6355
6356 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
6357 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
6358 @end deffn
6359
6360 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
6361 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
6362 @end deffn
6363
6364 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
6365 @cindex ARM926ej-s
6366
6367 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
6368 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
6369 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
6370 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6371 and ARM9 commands.
6372
6373 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
6374 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
6375
6376 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
6377 Print information about the caches found.
6378 @end deffn
6379
6380 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
6381 @cindex ARM966E
6382
6383 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
6384 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6385 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6386 and ARM9 commands.
6387
6388 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
6389 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6390 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6391 The six bit @var{regnum} values are bits 37..32 from table 7-2 of the
6392 ARM966E-S TRM.
6393 There is no current control over bits 31..30 from that table,
6394 as required for BIST support.
6395 @end deffn
6396
6397 @subsection XScale specific commands
6398 @cindex XScale
6399
6400 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
6401
6402 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
6403 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
6404 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
6405 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
6406 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
6407 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
6408 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
6409
6410 To address this situation, OpenOCD provides the @code{xscale
6411 vector_table} command, which allows the user to explicity write
6412 individual entries to either the high or low vector table stored in
6413 the mini-IC.
6414
6415 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
6416 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
6417 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
6418 code layout in memory:
6419 @example
6420 _vectors:
6421 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6422 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6423 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6424 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6425 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6426 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6427 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6428 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6429 .org 0x100
6430 .long real_reset_vector
6431 .long real_ui_handler
6432 .long real_swi_handler
6433 .long real_pf_abort
6434 .long real_data_abort
6435 .long 0 /* unused */
6436 .long real_irq_handler
6437 .long real_fiq_handler
6438 @end example
6439
6440 Alternatively, you may choose to keep some or all of the mini-IC
6441 vector table entries synced with those written to memory by your
6442 system software. The mini-IC can not be modified while the processor
6443 is executing, but for each vector table entry not previously defined
6444 using the @code{xscale vector_table} command, OpenOCD will copy the
6445 value from memory to the mini-IC every time execution resumes from a
6446 halt. This is done for both high and low vector tables (although the
6447 table not in use may not be mapped to valid memory, and in this case
6448 that copy operation will silently fail). This means that you will
6449 need to briefly halt execution at some strategic point during system
6450 start-up; e.g., after the software has initialized the vector table,
6451 but before exceptions are enabled. A breakpoint can be used to
6452 accomplish this once the appropriate location in the start-up code has
6453 been identified. A watchpoint over the vector table region is helpful
6454 in finding the location if you're not sure. Note that the same
6455 situation exists any time the vector table is modified by the system
6456 software.
6457
6458 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
6459 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
6460 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
6461 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
6462
6463 XScale has resources to support two hardware breakpoints and two
6464 watchpoints. However, the following restrictions on watchpoint
6465 functionality apply: (1) the value and mask arguments to the @code{wp}
6466 command are not supported, (2) the watchpoint length must be a
6467 power of two and not less than four, and can not be greater than the
6468 watchpoint address, and (3) a watchpoint with a length greater than
6469 four consumes all the watchpoint hardware resources. This means that
6470 at any one time, you can have enabled either two watchpoints with a
6471 length of four, or one watchpoint with a length greater than four.
6472
6473 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
6474 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6475
6476 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
6477 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
6478 @end deffn
6479
6480 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
6481 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
6482 @end deffn
6483
6484 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
6485 Displays information about the CPU caches.
6486 @end deffn
6487
6488 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
6489 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6490 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6491 @end deffn
6492
6493 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
6494 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
6495 @end deffn
6496
6497 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6498 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
6499 @end deffn
6500
6501 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
6502 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
6503 @end deffn
6504
6505 @deffn Command {xscale icache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6506 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
6507 @end deffn
6508
6509 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6510 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
6511 @end deffn
6512
6513 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} [@option{enable}|@option{disable} [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]]
6514 Displays the trace buffer status, after optionally
6515 enabling or disabling the trace buffer
6516 and modifying how it is emptied.
6517 @end deffn
6518
6519 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
6520 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
6521 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
6522 The image @var{type} may be one of
6523 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
6524 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
6525 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
6526 @end deffn
6527
6528 @anchor{xscale vector_catch}
6529 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
6530 @cindex vector_catch
6531 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
6532 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
6533
6534 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
6535 @example
6536 0x01 Trap Reset
6537 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
6538 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
6539 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
6540 0x10 Trap Data Abort
6541 0x20 reserved
6542 0x40 Trap IRQ
6543 0x80 Trap FIQ
6544 @end example
6545 @end deffn
6546
6547 @anchor{xscale vector_table}
6548 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [(@option{low}|@option{high}) index value]
6549 @cindex vector_table
6550
6551 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
6552 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
6553 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
6554 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
6555 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
6556
6557 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
6558
6559 @end deffn
6560
6561 @section ARMv6 Architecture
6562 @cindex ARMv6
6563
6564 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
6565 @cindex ARM11
6566
6567 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6568 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
6569 which is enabled by default.
6570 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6571 Burst writes are only used for memory writes larger than 1 word.
6572 They improve performance by assuming that the CPU has read each data
6573 word over JTAG and completed its write before the next word arrives,
6574 instead of polling for a status flag to verify that completion.
6575 This is usually safe, because JTAG runs much slower than the CPU.
6576 @end deffn
6577
6578 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6579 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
6580 which is enabled by default.
6581 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6582 When set, certain memory write errors cause earlier transfer termination.
6583 @end deffn
6584
6585 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6586 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
6587 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
6588 they are disabled by default.
6589 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that.
6590 @end deffn
6591
6592 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
6593 @cindex vector_catch
6594 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
6595 coprocessor 14 register 7.
6596 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6597
6598 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6599 for certain hardware events.
6600 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
6601 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
6602 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
6603 @end deffn
6604
6605 @section ARMv7 Architecture
6606 @cindex ARMv7
6607
6608 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
6609 @cindex Debug Access Port
6610 @cindex DAP
6611 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
6612 included on Cortex-M3 and Cortex-A8 systems.
6613 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
6614
6615 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
6616 Displays ID register from AP @var{num},
6617 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6618 @end deffn
6619
6620 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
6621 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
6622 @end deffn
6623
6624 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
6625 Displays debug base address from MEM-AP @var{num},
6626 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6627 @end deffn
6628
6629 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
6630 Displays the ROM table for MEM-AP @var{num},
6631 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6632 @end deffn
6633
6634 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
6635 Displays the number of extra tck cycles in the JTAG idle to use for MEM-AP
6636 memory bus access [0-255], giving additional time to respond to reads.
6637 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6638 @end deffn
6639
6640 @subsection Cortex-M3 specific commands
6641 @cindex Cortex-M3
6642
6643 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 maskisr} (@option{on}|@option{off})
6644 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
6645 @end deffn
6646
6647 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6648 @cindex vector_catch
6649 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6650 for certain hardware events.
6651
6652 Parameters request interception of
6653 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
6654 @option{none} of them,
6655 or one or more of the following:
6656 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
6657 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
6658 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
6659 @option{irq_err},
6660 @option{state_err},
6661 @option{chk_err}, or
6662 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
6663 @option{reset}.
6664 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
6665 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
6666 are mapped to HardFault.
6667 UsageFault checks for
6668 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
6669 must also be explicitly enabled.
6670
6671 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
6672 @end deffn
6673
6674 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 reset_config} (@option{srst}|@option{sysresetreq}|@option{vectreset})
6675 Control reset handling. The default @option{srst} is to use srst if fitted,
6676 otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
6677 @itemize @minus
6678 @item @option{srst} use hardware srst if fitted otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
6679 @item @option{sysresetreq} use NVIC SYSRESETREQ to reset system.
6680 @item @option{vectreset} use NVIC VECTRESET to reset system.
6681 @end itemize
6682 Using @option{vectreset} is a safe option for all current Cortex-M3 cores.
6683 This however has the disadvantage of only resetting the core, all peripherals
6684 are uneffected. A solution would be to use a @code{reset-init} event handler to manually reset
6685 the peripherals.
6686 @xref{Target Events}.
6687 @end deffn
6688
6689 @anchor{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}
6690 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
6691 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
6692 @cindex tracing
6693 @cindex libdcc
6694 @cindex DCC
6695 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
6696 the target uses appropriate libraries.
6697 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
6698 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
6699
6700 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
6701 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m3} cores.
6702 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
6703 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
6704 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
6705 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.
6706
6707 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
6708 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
6709 arrays of various size integers from the target,
6710 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
6711 The target being debugged may
6712 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
6713 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
6714 each supported by a command:
6715
6716 @itemize
6717 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
6718 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
6719 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
6720 finding out how some fault was triggered.
6721
6722 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
6723 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
6724 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
6725
6726 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
6727 and then displayed at any time.
6728 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
6729
6730 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
6731 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
6732 @end itemize
6733
6734 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
6735 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
6736 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
6737 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
6738 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
6739 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
6740 does the same thing.
6741
6742 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
6743 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
6744 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
6745 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
6746 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
6747
6748 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
6749 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
6750 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
6751 @end deffn
6752
6753 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
6754 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
6755 in the order they triggered.
6756 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
6757 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
6758 history records.
6759 @end deffn
6760
6761 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
6762 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
6763 they have been triggered.
6764 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
6765 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
6766 and associates it with that identifier.
6767
6768 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
6769 are not related except by this command.
6770 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
6771 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
6772 @end deffn
6773
6774
6775 @node JTAG Commands
6776 @chapter JTAG Commands
6777 @cindex JTAG Commands
6778 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
6779 (@xref{JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
6780 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
6781 may be needed to work with targets which require special
6782 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
6783
6784 To use these commands you will need to understand some
6785 of the basics of JTAG, including:
6786
6787 @itemize @bullet
6788 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
6789 devices such as a CPUs.
6790 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
6791 standard state machine (in parallel)
6792 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
6793 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
6794 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
6795 while the reading previous ones.
6796 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
6797 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
6798 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
6799 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
6800 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
6801 registers.
6802 @end itemize
6803
6804 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
6805
6806 These commands are used by developers who need to access
6807 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
6808 the order of TAP state transitions.
6809 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
6810 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
6811 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
6812 In a debug session that doesn't use JTAG for its transport protocol,
6813 these commands are not available.
6814
6815 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6816 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
6817 that specify the entire register.
6818 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
6819 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
6820 The return value holds the original value of each
6821 of those fields.
6822
6823 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
6824 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
6825 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
6826 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
6827 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
6828
6829 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
6830 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
6831
6832 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6833 in that state.
6834 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
6835 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6836 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6837
6838 @quotation Warning
6839 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
6840 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
6841 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
6842 data registers, which may have different lengths.
6843 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
6844 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
6845 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
6846 (by connecting a different scan chain).
6847 @end quotation
6848 @end deffn
6849
6850 @deffn Command {flush_count}
6851 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
6852 This may be used for performance tuning.
6853
6854 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
6855 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
6856 not change with the amount of data which is written.
6857 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
6858 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
6859 instead of batching them into larger operations.
6860 @end deffn
6861
6862 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6863 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
6864 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
6865 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
6866 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
6867 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
6868
6869 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6870 in that state.
6871 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
6872 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6873 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6874
6875 @quotation Note
6876 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
6877 register values, unlike data register values.
6878 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
6879 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
6880 @end quotation
6881 @end deffn
6882
6883 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
6884 Set values of reset signals.
6885 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
6886 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
6887 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
6888 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
6889 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
6890 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
6891 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
6892
6893 Note that TRST is specially handled.
6894 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
6895 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
6896 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
6897 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
6898 instead of the TRST signal.
6899 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
6900 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
6901 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
6902 with handlers for that event.
6903 @end deffn
6904
6905 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
6906 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
6907 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
6908 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
6909 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
6910 Then, in a series of single state transitions
6911 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
6912 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
6913 The final state must also be stable.
6914 @end deffn
6915
6916 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
6917 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
6918 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
6919 Instructions often need some time
6920 to execute before they take effect.
6921 @end deffn
6922
6923 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
6924 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
6925
6926 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6927 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
6928 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
6929 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
6930 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
6931 @end deffn
6932
6933 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6934 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
6935 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
6936 must also be enabled.
6937 Default is enabled.
6938 @end deffn
6939
6940 @section TAP state names
6941 @cindex TAP state names
6942
6943 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
6944 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
6945 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
6946 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
6947
6948 @itemize @bullet
6949 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
6950 acts as if TRST were pulsed
6951 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
6952 @item @b{DRSELECT}
6953 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
6954 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6955 through the data register
6956 @item @b{DREXIT1}
6957 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
6958 for update or more shifting
6959 @item @b{DREXIT2}
6960 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
6961 @item @b{IRSELECT}
6962 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
6963 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6964 through the instruction register
6965 @item @b{IREXIT1}
6966 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
6967 for update or more shifting
6968 @item @b{IREXIT2}
6969 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
6970 @end itemize
6971
6972 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
6973 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
6974 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
6975 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
6976
6977 @itemize @bullet
6978 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
6979 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
6980 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
6981 may not be as expected.
6982 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
6983 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
6984 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
6985 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
6986 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
6987 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
6988 @end itemize
6989
6990 @node Boundary Scan Commands
6991 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
6992
6993 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
6994 boundary scan based hardware testing.
6995 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
6996 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
6997
6998 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
6999 @cindex Serial Vector Format
7000 @cindex SVF
7001
7002 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
7003 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
7004 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7005 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7006
7007 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
7008 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7009 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
7010 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7011 each command is logged before it is executed.
7012 @end deffn
7013
7014 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7015 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7016 @cindex XSVF
7017
7018 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
7019 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
7020 Xilinx devices.
7021 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7022 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7023
7024 @quotation Important
7025 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
7026 @end quotation
7027
7028 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
7029 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7030 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
7031 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
7032 that TAP.
7033 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
7034 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
7035 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7036 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
7037 @end deffn
7038
7039 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
7040 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
7041 after building the software.
7042 You may find them useful:
7043
7044 @itemize
7045 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
7046 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
7047 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
7048 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
7049 @end itemize
7050
7051 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
7052 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
7053 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
7054 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
7055 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
7056 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
7057 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
7058
7059
7060 @node TFTP
7061 @chapter TFTP
7062 @cindex TFTP
7063 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
7064 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
7065
7066 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
7067 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
7068 server (tftpd). For example,
7069
7070 @example
7071 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
7072 @end example
7073
7074 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
7075 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
7076
7077 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
7078 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
7079 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
7080 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
7081
7082 @node GDB and OpenOCD
7083 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
7084 @cindex GDB
7085 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
7086 to debug remote targets.
7087 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
7088
7089 @itemize
7090 @item The OpenOCD server support for GDB may need to be configured.
7091 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
7092 @item GDB's support for OpenOCD may need configuration,
7093 as shown in this chapter.
7094 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
7095 that also will probably need to be configured.
7096 @end itemize
7097
7098 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
7099 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
7100 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
7101 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
7102 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
7103 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
7104
7105 @anchor{Connecting to GDB}
7106 @section Connecting to GDB
7107 @cindex Connecting to GDB
7108 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
7109 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
7110 errors, which has since been fixed; see
7111 @url{http://osdir.com/ml/gdb.bugs.discuss/2004-12/msg00018.html}
7112
7113 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
7114
7115 @enumerate
7116 @item
7117 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
7118 @example
7119 target remote localhost:3333
7120 @end example
7121 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
7122 @item
7123 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
7124 @example
7125 target remote | openocd -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log"
7126 @end example
7127 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
7128 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
7129 session. log_output sends the log output to a file to ensure that the pipe is
7130 not saturated when using higher debug level outputs.
7131 @end enumerate
7132
7133 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
7134 GDB command line.
7135
7136 @section Sample GDB session startup
7137
7138 With the remote protocol, GDB sessions start a little differently
7139 than they do when you're debugging locally.
7140 Here's an examples showing how to start a debug session with a
7141 small ARM program.
7142 In this case the program was linked to be loaded into SRAM on a Cortex-M3.
7143 Most programs would be written into flash (address 0) and run from there.
7144
7145 @example
7146 $ arm-none-eabi-gdb example.elf
7147 (gdb) target remote localhost:3333
7148 Remote debugging using localhost:3333
7149 ...
7150 (gdb) monitor reset halt
7151 ...
7152 (gdb) load
7153 Loading section .vectors, size 0x100 lma 0x20000000
7154 Loading section .text, size 0x5a0 lma 0x20000100
7155 Loading section .data, size 0x18 lma 0x200006a0
7156 Start address 0x2000061c, load size 1720
7157 Transfer rate: 22 KB/sec, 573 bytes/write.
7158 (gdb) continue
7159 Continuing.
7160 ...
7161 @end example
7162
7163 You could then interrupt the GDB session to make the program break,
7164 type @command{where} to show the stack, @command{list} to show the
7165 code around the program counter, @command{step} through code,
7166 set breakpoints or watchpoints, and so on.
7167
7168 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
7169
7170 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
7171 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
7172 packet size and the device's memory map.
7173 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
7174 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
7175 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
7176
7177 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
7178 You may need to set those up by hand.
7179 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
7180 something like:
7181
7182 @example
7183 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
7184 @end example
7185
7186 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
7187
7188 @example
7189 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
7190 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
7191 @end example
7192
7193 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
7194 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
7195 do not have such restrictions.
7196
7197 Another example of useful GDB configuration came from a user who
7198 found that single stepping his Cortex-M3 didn't work well with IRQs
7199 and an RTOS until he told GDB to disable the IRQs while stepping:
7200
7201 @example
7202 define hook-step
7203 mon cortex_m3 maskisr on
7204 end
7205 define hookpost-step
7206 mon cortex_m3 maskisr off
7207 end
7208 @end example
7209
7210 Rather than typing such commands interactively, you may prefer to
7211 save them in a file and have GDB execute them as it starts, perhaps
7212 using a @file{.gdbinit} in your project directory or starting GDB
7213 using @command{gdb -x filename}.
7214
7215 @section Programming using GDB
7216 @cindex Programming using GDB
7217
7218 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
7219 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
7220 @example
7221 gdb_memory_map disable
7222 @end example
7223 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
7224 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
7225 working area.
7226
7227 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
7228 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
7229 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
7230 using a memory map. @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
7231
7232 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
7233 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
7234
7235 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
7236 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
7237 @example
7238 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
7239 @end example
7240
7241 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
7242 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
7243
7244 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
7245 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
7246 will be used.
7247
7248 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
7249 script can be executed:
7250 @example
7251 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
7252 @end example
7253
7254 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
7255 can be used.
7256
7257 @node Tcl Scripting API
7258 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
7259 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
7260 @cindex Tcl scripts
7261 @section API rules
7262
7263 The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
7264 of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
7265 information as an argument to each proc.
7266
7267 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
7268 pair list and lists.
7269
7270 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
7271 list.
7272
7273 @verbatim
7274
7275 > set foo(me) Duane
7276 > set foo(you) Oyvind
7277 > set foo(mouse) Micky
7278 > set foo(duck) Donald
7279
7280 If one does this:
7281
7282 > set foo
7283
7284 The result is:
7285
7286 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
7287
7288 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
7289
7290 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
7291 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
7292 }
7293 @end verbatim
7294
7295 Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
7296 should be passed in to the proc in question.
7297
7298 @section Internal low-level Commands
7299
7300 By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
7301
7302 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
7303 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
7304 is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
7305
7306 @itemize @bullet
7307 @item @b{mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7308
7309 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
7310 @item @b{array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7311
7312 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
7313 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
7314
7315 Return information about the flash banks
7316 @end itemize
7317
7318 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
7319 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
7320 called "flash_banks".
7321
7322 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
7323
7324 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
7325 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
7326 holds one of the following values:
7327
7328 @itemize @bullet
7329 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
7330 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (Mac-OS) is the underlying operating sytem.
7331 @item @b{freebsd} Running under FreeBSD
7332 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
7333 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
7334 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
7335 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
7336 @end itemize
7337
7338 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
7339
7340 @quotation Note
7341 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
7342 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
7343 @code{jim_platform} (because it
7344 is jim, not real tcl).
7345 @end quotation
7346
7347 @node FAQ
7348 @chapter FAQ
7349 @cindex faq
7350 @enumerate
7351 @anchor{FAQ RTCK}
7352 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
7353 @cindex RTCK
7354 @cindex adaptive clocking
7355 @*
7356
7357 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
7358 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
7359 operating at some speed, your CPU target is operating at another.
7360 The two clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
7361
7362 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised
7363 well enough to work; JTAG can't go ten times faster than the CPU,
7364 for example. There are 2 basic options:
7365 @enumerate
7366 @item
7367 Use a special "adaptive clocking" circuit to change the JTAG
7368 clock rate to match what the CPU currently supports.
7369 @item
7370 The JTAG clock must be fixed at some speed that's enough slower than
7371 the CPU clock that all TMS and TDI transitions can be detected.
7372 @end enumerate
7373
7374 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
7375 is a non-issue, like a 500MHz ARM926 with a 5 MHz JTAG link;
7376 the CPU has no difficulty keeping up with JTAG.
7377 Startup sequences are often problematic though, as are other
7378 situations where the CPU clock rate changes (perhaps to save
7379 power).
7380
7381 For example, Atmel AT91SAM chips start operation from reset with
7382 a 32kHz system clock. Boot firmware may activate the main oscillator
7383 and PLL before switching to a faster clock (perhaps that 500 MHz
7384 ARM926 scenario).
7385 If you're using JTAG to debug that startup sequence, you must slow
7386 the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to 4kHz. After startup completes,
7387 JTAG can use a faster clock.
7388
7389 Consider also debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered
7390 device that enters a low power ``deep sleep'' mode, at 32kHz CPU
7391 clock, between keystrokes unless it has work to do. When would
7392 that 5 MHz JTAG clock be usable?
7393
7394 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
7395
7396 In order to make use of this,
7397 your CPU, board, and JTAG adapter must all support the RTCK
7398 feature. Not all of them support this; keep reading!
7399
7400 The RTCK ("Return TCK") signal in some ARM chips is used to help with
7401 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
7402 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
7403 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
7404 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
7405
7406 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
7407 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
7408 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
7409 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
7410
7411 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
7412 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
7413 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
7414 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
7415 with a CPLD.
7416 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
7417 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
7418 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
7419 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
7420 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
7421 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
7422
7423 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
7424
7425 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
7426
7427 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
7428 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
7429 depending on the chips on your board.
7430 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
7431 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
7432 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
7433
7434 Note: most full speed FT2232 based JTAG adapters are limited to a
7435 maximum of 6MHz. The ones using USB high speed chips (FT2232H)
7436 often support faster clock rates (and adaptive clocking).
7437
7438 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
7439 either use a fixed and very slow JTAG clock rate ... or else
7440 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. (Adjusting is painful
7441 and tedious, and is not always practical.)
7442
7443 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
7444 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
7445 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
7446 this way.
7447
7448 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
7449 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
7450 clock rate.
7451 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
7452 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
7453 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
7454
7455 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
7456
7457 @example
7458 # Example: 1.234MHz
7459 adapter_khz 1234
7460 @end example
7461
7462
7463 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
7464
7465 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
7466 around Windows filenames.
7467
7468 @example
7469 > echo \a
7470
7471 > echo @{\a@}
7472 \a
7473 > echo "\a"
7474
7475 >
7476 @end example
7477
7478
7479 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
7480
7481 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
7482 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
7483 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
7484
7485 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
7486 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
7487 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
7488
7489 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
7490 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
7491 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
7492
7493 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
7494
7495 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
7496 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
7497 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
7498 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
7499
7500 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
7501 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
7502 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
7503
7504 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
7505 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
7506
7507 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
7508 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
7509 memory read caused data abort".
7510
7511 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
7512 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
7513 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
7514 be done, feel free to add this here.
7515
7516 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
7517 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
7518 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
7519 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
7520 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
7521 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
7522 gracefully stops.
7523
7524 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
7525 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
7526 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
7527
7528 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
7529 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
7530 bytes. Painful...
7531
7532
7533 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
7534 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
7535
7536 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
7537 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
7538 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
7539 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
7540 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
7541 reset, everything else should work fine.
7542
7543 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
7544 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
7545 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
7546 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
7547
7548 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
7549 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
7550 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
7551 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
7552
7553 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
7554
7555 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
7556 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
7557 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
7558 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7559
7560 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
7561 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
7562 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
7563 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
7564
7565 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
7566 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
7567 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7568
7569 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
7570 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
7571
7572 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
7573 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
7574 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000
7575 0x0 0x40000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
7576 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
7577 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
7578 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
7579 clock frequency?
7580
7581 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
7582 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
7583 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
7584 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
7585 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
7586
7587 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
7588
7589 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
7590 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
7591 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
7592 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
7593 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
7594 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
7595 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
7596
7597 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
7598
7599 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
7600 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
7601 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
7602 up DRAM and loading it with code.
7603
7604 @anchor{FAQ TAP Order}
7605 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
7606 particular order?
7607
7608 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
7609 the same order used by the hardware.
7610
7611 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
7612 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
7613 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
7614 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
7615 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
7616 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
7617
7618 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
7619 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
7620 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
7621 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
7622
7623 @itemize @bullet
7624 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
7625 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
7626 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
7627 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
7628 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
7629 @end itemize
7630
7631 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
7632
7633 @itemize @bullet
7634 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
7635 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
7636 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
7637 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
7638 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
7639 @end itemize
7640
7641
7642 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
7643 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
7644 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
7645
7646 TODO.
7647
7648 @end enumerate
7649
7650 @node Tcl Crash Course
7651 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
7652 @cindex Tcl
7653
7654 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
7655 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
7656 how the Tcl scripts work.
7657
7658 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
7659 who need to understand a bit more of how Jim-Tcl works so they can do
7660 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
7661 OpenOCD.
7662
7663 @section Tcl Rule #1
7664 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
7665 @enumerate
7666 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
7667 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7668 @end enumerate
7669
7670 The Tcl equal is this:
7671
7672 @enumerate
7673 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
7674 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7675 @end enumerate
7676
7677 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
7678 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
7679
7680 @section Tcl Rule #1b
7681 There is a second pair of rules.
7682 @enumerate
7683 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
7684 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
7685 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
7686 in Tcl.
7687 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7688 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
7689 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
7690 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
7691 @end enumerate
7692
7693 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
7694 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
7695 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
7696 Everything is a string}
7697
7698 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
7699 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
7700 difference is subtle.
7701 @enumerate
7702 @item Parse Time
7703 @item Evaluation Time
7704 @end enumerate
7705
7706 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
7707 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
7708 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
7709
7710 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
7711 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
7712 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
7713 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
7714
7715 @itemize @bullet
7716 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
7717 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
7718 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
7719 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
7720 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
7721 @example
7722 # bash example
7723 X=`date`
7724 echo "The Date is: $X"
7725 # Tcl example
7726 set X [date]
7727 puts "The Date is: $X"
7728 @end example
7729 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
7730 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
7731 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
7732 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
7733 is a string}
7734 @example
7735 set x "Dinner"
7736 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
7737 @end example
7738 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
7739 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
7740 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
7741 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
7742 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
7743 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
7744 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
7745 @end itemize
7746
7747 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
7748
7749 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
7750
7751 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
7752
7753 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
7754 the normal way.
7755
7756 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
7757 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
7758 line is immedatly executed.
7759
7760 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
7761 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
7762
7763 @subsection Command Execution
7764
7765 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
7766 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
7767 control flow operators.
7768
7769 Commands are executed like this:
7770
7771 @enumerate
7772 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
7773 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
7774 @item Repeat until End Of File.
7775 @end enumerate
7776
7777 It sort of works like this:
7778 @example
7779 for(;;)@{
7780 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
7781
7782 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
7783
7784 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
7785 @}
7786 @end example
7787
7788 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
7789 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
7790 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
7791 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
7792 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
7793 ``LookupCommand()''
7794
7795 @subsection The FOR command
7796
7797 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
7798 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
7799 command just like any other command.
7800
7801 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
7802 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
7803 are:
7804
7805 @enumerate 0
7806 @item The ascii text 'for'
7807 @item The start text
7808 @item The test expression
7809 @item The next text
7810 @item The body text
7811 @end enumerate
7812
7813 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
7814 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
7815 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
7816 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
7817
7818 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
7819 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
7820
7821 @example
7822 int
7823 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
7824 int *argc,
7825 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
7826 @end example
7827
7828 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
7829 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
7830 still operates in the same basic way.
7831
7832 @subsection FOR command implementation
7833
7834 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
7835 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
7836
7837 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
7838
7839 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
7840
7841 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
7842 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
7843 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
7844
7845 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
7846 expression and returns a value.
7847
7848 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
7849 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
7850 @example
7851 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
7852
7853 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
7854
7855 int
7856 MyForCommand( void *interp,
7857 int argc,
7858 char **argv )
7859 @{
7860 if( argc != 5 )@{
7861 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
7862 return ERROR;
7863 @}
7864
7865 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
7866
7867 // Execute the start statement.
7868 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
7869
7870 // Top of loop test
7871 for(;;)@{
7872 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
7873 if( i == 0 )
7874 break;
7875
7876 // Execute the body
7877 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
7878
7879 // Execute the LOOP part
7880 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
7881 @}
7882
7883 // Return no error
7884 SetResult( interp, "" );
7885 return SUCCESS;
7886 @}
7887 @end example
7888
7889 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
7890 in the same basic way.
7891
7892 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
7893
7894 @subsection source and find commands
7895 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
7896 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
7897 @*Remember the parsing rules
7898 @enumerate
7899 @item The @command{find} command is in square brackets,
7900 and is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should find and return
7901 the full path to a file with that name; it uses an internal search path.
7902 The RESULT is a string, which is substituted into the command line in
7903 place of the bracketed @command{find} command.
7904 (Don't try to use a FILENAME which includes the "#" character.
7905 That character begins Tcl comments.)
7906 @item The @command{source} command is executed with the resulting filename;
7907 it reads a file and executes as a script.
7908 @end enumerate
7909 @subsection format command
7910 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
7911 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
7912 @b{sprintf()}.
7913 @b{Example}
7914 @example
7915 set x 6
7916 set y 7
7917 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
7918 @end example
7919 @enumerate
7920 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
7921 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
7922 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
7923 @* Refer to Rule #1
7924 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
7925 @* Refer to Rule #1.
7926 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
7927 @end enumerate
7928 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
7929 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
7930 @example
7931 #1 Good
7932 proc someproc @{@} @{
7933 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
7934 @}
7935 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
7936 #2 Good - no variables
7937 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
7938 #3 Good Curly Braces
7939 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
7940 puts "Time: [date]"
7941 @}
7942 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
7943 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
7944 @end example
7945 @enumerate
7946 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
7947 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
7948 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
7949 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
7950 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
7951 command.
7952 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
7953 @*There are 4 examples:
7954 @enumerate
7955 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
7956 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
7957 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
7958 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
7959 @end enumerate
7960
7961 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
7962 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
7963 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
7964
7965 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
7966 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
7967 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
7968 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
7969 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
7970 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
7971 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
7972 @end enumerate
7973 @subsection Global Variables
7974 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
7975 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
7976 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
7977 @example
7978 proc myproc @{ @} @{
7979 set y 0 #Local variable Y
7980 global x #Global variable X
7981 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
7982 @}
7983 @end example
7984 @section Other Tcl Hacks
7985 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
7986 @example
7987 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
7988 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
7989 # Create var name
7990 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
7991 # Make it a global
7992 global $vn
7993 # Set it.
7994 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
7995 @}
7996 @end example
7997 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
7998 @example
7999 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
8000 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
8001 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
8002 @}
8003 @end example
8004
8005 @include fdl.texi
8006
8007 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
8008 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
8009 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
8010 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
8011 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
8012 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
8013
8014 @printindex cp
8015
8016 @node Command and Driver Index
8017 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
8018 @printindex fn
8019
8020 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)